WO2020192761A1 - Method for recording user emotion, and related apparatus - Google Patents

Method for recording user emotion, and related apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020192761A1
WO2020192761A1 PCT/CN2020/081666 CN2020081666W WO2020192761A1 WO 2020192761 A1 WO2020192761 A1 WO 2020192761A1 CN 2020081666 W CN2020081666 W CN 2020081666W WO 2020192761 A1 WO2020192761 A1 WO 2020192761A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electronic device
user
emotional
image
user interface
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/081666
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
相超
龚阿世
张宇涵
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020192761A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020192761A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/50Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of still image data
    • G06F16/51Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/50Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of still image data
    • G06F16/53Querying
    • G06F16/538Presentation of query results
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/50Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of still image data
    • G06F16/58Retrieval characterised by using metadata, e.g. metadata not derived from the content or metadata generated manually
    • G06F16/5866Retrieval characterised by using metadata, e.g. metadata not derived from the content or metadata generated manually using information manually generated, e.g. tags, keywords, comments, manually generated location and time information

Definitions

  • This application relates to the technical field of emotion recognition and image processing, and particularly relates to methods and related devices for recording user emotions.
  • terminals such as mobile phones
  • the terminal When a user uses a terminal to take an image, the terminal only records the visual effect of the object imaging, and lacks attention to the emotion of the photographer.
  • This application provides a method and related devices for recording user emotions.
  • Electronic equipment can obtain the user's current emotional state, and store the image viewed by the user in association with the user's current emotional state.
  • the present application provides a method for recording user emotions.
  • the method includes: an electronic device displays a first user interface, and the first user interface displays a first image; the electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the first user interface.
  • An emotional state in response to the detected first operation, the second image and the first emotional state are associated and stored, or the second image and the first emotional element are associated and stored; the first emotional element includes the first emotion
  • One or more emotional elements corresponding to the state, the first emotional element reflects the first emotional state; the second image is the same as the first image.
  • the first user interface may be a user interface provided by a camera application installed on an electronic device
  • the first image may be a preview image obtained by a camera of the electronic device
  • the second image may be a captured image.
  • the method of the first aspect can also be applied to the scene of viewing pictures.
  • the picture can come from the server or the local end of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can recognize the emotional state of the user in the scene of shooting or viewing the picture, and store the captured/viewed image and the current emotional state of the recognized user according to the user’s needs, or according to the user It is necessary to store the captured/viewed image and the emotional element corresponding to the current emotional state of the user in association.
  • the present application provides a method for recording user emotions.
  • the method includes: an electronic device displays a first user interface, and the first user interface displays a first image; the electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the first user interface.
  • An emotional state in response to the detected first operation, the second image and the first emotional state are associated and stored, or the second image and the first emotional element are associated and stored; the first emotional element includes the first emotion
  • One or more emotional elements corresponding to the state, the first emotional element reflects the first emotional state;
  • the first image is a preview image before shooting, and the second image is a captured image.
  • the first user interface may be a user interface provided by a camera application installed on an electronic device
  • the first image may be a preview image obtained by a camera of the electronic device
  • the second image may be a captured image. Since the user preview image and the captured image may not be performed at the same time, the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder and the final captured image may be the same or different.
  • the electronic device can recognize the user's emotional state in the shooting scene, and store the captured image and the recognized user's current emotional state according to the user's needs, or store the captured image and the user's current emotional state according to the user's needs.
  • the emotional element corresponding to the current emotional state.
  • the user's emotional state refers to the user's mood, emotion, or mental state, such as calm, angry, disgusted, sad, happy, romantic, happy, and fearful. It is not limited to the several emotional states mentioned above. In the specific implementation of this application, there may also be other emotional states, such as joy, anger, sadness, happiness, etc., which are not limited by this application.
  • one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state include: text information, pictures, music, image composition, image light and shadow effects, image saturation, image The tone or color of the image.
  • the first user interface includes a first interactive element
  • the first interactive element is used to monitor the operation of saving the second image
  • the first operation includes the electronic The operation detected by the device that acts on the first interactive element.
  • the first interactive element may be a shooting control in the user interface provided by the camera application.
  • the electronic device may store the first image and the first emotional state in a local terminal or a cloud server, or the electronic device may associate the first image with the first emotional state.
  • the image and the first emotional element are stored in a local terminal or a cloud server in association with each other.
  • the electronic device may store the second image in regions according to the recognized emotional state of the user. For example, when the recognized first emotional state is "happy”, the electronic device may store the second image and the emotional state "happy” in the first area; when the recognized first emotional state is "romance” , The electronic device can store the second image and the emotional state "happy” in the second area in association; when the recognized first emotional state is "happy”, the electronic device can "calm” the second image and the emotional state The association is stored in the third area.
  • the electronic device can also reproduce user emotions according to user needs. Specifically, after the electronic device stores the second image and the first emotional state in association, or after the electronic device stores the second image and the first emotional element in association, the method may further include: the electronic device displays the second user Interface, one or more third images are displayed in the second user interface, and the third image includes the second image; in response to the second operation of viewing the second image in the second user interface detected , The electronic device displays a third user interface, and the electronic device presents a second emotional element; the third user interface includes the second image; the second emotional element includes the first emotional state stored in association with the second image One or more corresponding emotional elements, or the second emotional element includes the first emotional element.
  • the presented second emotional element may be any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the second image or the default one of the electronic device, or, The second emotional element may be any one of one or more emotional elements stored in association with the second image or a default one of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can reproduce the user's emotions when needed, so that the user can resonate emotionally and improve the user experience.
  • the electronic device can display the second user interface in the following two situations, that is, before the electronic device displays the second user interface, the method further includes any one of the following two:
  • the electronic device may display a fourth user interface, in which one or more album entries are displayed, the one or more album entries include the first album entry, and the first album entry An album entry corresponds to the first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes the image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state; in response to the detected first album entry that acts on the first emotional state
  • the electronic device displays the second user interface.
  • the electronic device may display a fourth user interface in which one or more album entries are displayed, the one or more album entries include the first album entry, and the The first album entry corresponds to the first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes the image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state; the electronic device recognizes the second emotional state that the user is currently in , And display the fifth user interface; the one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface are those displayed on the fourth user interface by the electronic device according to a preset recommendation strategy and according to the second emotional state Or multiple album entries; one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface include the first album entry; in response to the detection of the first album entry acting on the fifth user interface In the third operation, the electronic device displays the second user interface.
  • the preset recommendation strategy may include: 1. When the current user's emotional state is "sorrow”, push to the user the image obtained when the user's emotional state is "happy” or “romantic". Such a push strategy can eliminate users' bad emotions. 2. When the current user's emotional state is "calm”, push an image preset by the user or the electronic device to the user, for example, push an image acquired when the user's emotional state is "happy” or "happy”.
  • the one or more album entries displayed in the fourth user interface include: one or more album entries respectively corresponding to different emotional states.
  • the electronic device may present the user with emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state before saving the second image, so that the user can save the second image Preview the emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state.
  • the method may further include: the electronic device presents one or more emotions corresponding to the first emotional state element.
  • one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state presented by the electronic device are selected by the user, or selected by the electronic device by default, or randomly selected by the electronic device.
  • one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state are set by the electronic device by default, or set independently by the user.
  • the method before the electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the first emotional state, the method further includes: the electronic device detects that the fourth aspect is used to activate the emotional recognition service. Operation, in response to the fourth operation, identify the current emotional state of the user; the emotional recognition service is used for the electronic device to collect the user's behavior through the configured hardware device or by starting the hardware device of other devices connected to the electronic device Data, according to the user's behavior data to identify the user's current emotional state.
  • the fourth operation includes an operation detected by the electronic device that acts on a second interaction element in the first user interface, and the second interaction element is used to monitor the operation of starting the emotion recognition service.
  • the present application provides an electronic device that includes one or more processors, a memory, and a display screen; the memory is coupled with the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program codes,
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • a first user interface is displayed on the display screen, and the first image is displayed in the first user interface; it is recognized that the user is currently in the first emotional state; in response to the detected first operation, the second image and the The first emotional state, or the second image and the first emotional element are stored in association; the first emotional element includes one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state, and the first emotional element reflects the first emotional element. Emotional state; the second image is the same as the first image.
  • the electronic device of the third aspect can be applied to shooting scenes.
  • the first user interface may be a user interface provided by a camera application installed on an electronic device
  • the first image may be a preview image obtained by a camera of the electronic device
  • the second image may be a captured image.
  • the electronic device of the third aspect can also be applied to the scene of viewing pictures.
  • the picture can come from the server or the local end of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device of the third aspect can recognize the emotional state of the user in the scene of shooting or viewing the picture, and store the captured/viewed image and the current emotional state of the recognized user according to the user's needs, or store the associated storage according to the user's needs The images taken/viewed and the emotional elements corresponding to the current emotional state of the user.
  • the present application provides an electronic device that includes one or more processors, a memory, and a display screen; the memory is coupled with the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program codes,
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • a first user interface is displayed on the display screen, and the first image is displayed in the first user interface; it is recognized that the user is currently in the first emotional state; in response to the detected first operation, the second image and the The first emotional state, or the second image and the first emotional element are stored in association; the first emotional element includes one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state, and the first emotional element reflects the first emotional element.
  • Emotional state the first image is a preview image before shooting, and the second image is a captured image.
  • the electronic device of the fourth aspect can be applied to shooting scenes.
  • the first user interface may be a user interface provided by a camera application installed on an electronic device
  • the first image may be a preview image obtained by a camera of the electronic device
  • the second image may be a captured image. Since the user preview image and the captured image may not be performed at the same time, the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder and the final captured image may be the same or different.
  • the electronic device of the fourth aspect can recognize the emotional state of the user in the shooting scene, and store the captured image and the recognized current emotional state of the user according to the user's needs, or store the captured image and the current emotional state of the user according to the user's needs.
  • the user's emotional state refers to the user's mood, mood, or mental state, such as calm, anger, disgust, sadness, joy, romance, happiness, and fear. It is not limited to the several emotional states mentioned above. In the specific implementation of this application, there may also be other emotional states, such as joy, anger, sadness, happiness, etc., which are not limited by this application.
  • one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state include: text information, pictures, music, image composition, image light and shadow effects, image saturation, The hue of the image or the color of the image.
  • the first user interface includes a first interactive element, and the first interactive element is used to monitor the operation of saving the second image; the first operation includes the The operation detected by the electronic device acting on the first interactive element.
  • the first interactive element may be a shooting control in the user interface provided by the camera application.
  • the electronic device may store the first image and the first emotional state in a local or cloud server, or the electronic device may associate the first image with the first emotional state.
  • the image and the first emotional element are stored in a local terminal or a cloud server in association with each other.
  • the electronic device may store the second image in regions according to the recognized emotional state of the user. For example, when the recognized first emotional state is "happy”, the electronic device may store the second image and the emotional state "happy” in the first area; when the recognized first emotional state is "romance” , The electronic device can store the second image and the emotional state "happy” in the second area in association; when the recognized first emotional state is "happy”, the electronic device can "calm” the second image and the emotional state The association is stored in the third area.
  • the electronic device can also reproduce user emotions according to user needs.
  • the one or more processors are also used to call the computer instructions to make the electronic device execute:
  • a second user interface is displayed on the display screen, and the second user interface displays one or A plurality of third images, the third image includes the second image;
  • a third user interface is displayed on the display screen, and a second emotional element is presented; the third user interface includes the first Two images; the second emotional element includes one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state stored in association with the second image, or the second emotional element includes the first emotional element.
  • the presented second emotional element may be any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the second image or the default one of the electronic device, or, The second emotional element may be any one of one or more emotional elements stored in association with the second image or a default one of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can reproduce the user's emotions when needed, so that the user can resonate emotionally and improve the user experience.
  • the electronic device can display the second user interface in the following two situations, that is, the one or more processors are also used to call the computer instructions to make the electronic device perform any of the following:
  • a fourth user interface is displayed on the display screen, and one or more album entries are displayed on the fourth user interface, and the one or more album entries include the first An album entry, the first album entry corresponds to the first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes the image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state; in response to the detected effect on the first emotional state;
  • the third operation of an album entry displays the second user interface on the display screen.
  • a fourth user interface is displayed on the display screen, and one or more album entries are displayed on the fourth user interface, and the one or more album entries include the first An album entry, the first album entry corresponds to the first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes the image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state; the second emotion that the user is currently in is recognized State, and display the fifth user interface on the display screen; the one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface are determined by the electronic device in accordance with a preset recommendation strategy and based on the second emotional state in the fourth The one or more album entries displayed in the user interface are determined; the one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface include the first album entry; in response to the detected effect on the fifth user interface In the third operation of the first album entry, the electronic device displays the second user interface.
  • the preset recommendation strategy may include: 1. When the current user's emotional state is "sorrow”, push to the user the image obtained when the user's emotional state is "happy” or “romantic". Such a push strategy can eliminate users' bad emotions. 2. When the current user's emotional state is "calm”, push an image preset by the user or the electronic device to the user, for example, push an image acquired when the user's emotional state is "happy” or "happy”.
  • the one or more album entries displayed in the fourth user interface include: one or more album entries respectively corresponding to different emotional states.
  • the electronic device may present the user with emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state before saving the second image, so that the user can save the second image Previously preview the emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state.
  • the one or more processors are also used to call the computer instructions to make the electronic device execute:
  • the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state presented by the electronic device are selected by the user, or selected by the electronic device by default, or randomly selected by the electronic device of.
  • the one or more processors are further used to invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • a fourth operation for starting the emotional recognition service is detected, and in response to the fourth operation, recognizing the current emotional state of the user; the emotional recognition service is used for the electronic device
  • the user's behavior data is collected through the configured hardware device or by starting the hardware device of other equipment connected to the electronic device, and the current emotional state of the user is identified according to the user's behavior data.
  • the fourth operation includes an operation detected by the electronic device that acts on a second interaction element in the first user interface, and the second interaction element is used to monitor the operation of starting the emotion recognition service.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform the operations described in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect. method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform the operations described in the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect. method.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, when the instructions are executed on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute as described in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect method.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, when the instructions are executed on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute as described in the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect method.
  • the electronic device can record or save the user's emotions when acquiring images, achieve the goal of paying attention to the user's emotions, and reproduce the user's emotions when needed, and improve the user's experience of using the electronic device.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1B is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 2A-2B are schematic diagrams of human-computer interaction with "emotion recognition” enabled according to an embodiment of this application;
  • 3A-3H are schematic diagrams of human-computer interaction for recording user emotions in a shooting scene provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • 4A-4H are schematic diagrams of human-computer interaction for recording user emotions in a picture viewing scene provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • 5A-5K and 6A-6B are schematic diagrams of human-computer interaction for reproducing user emotions provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • 7A-7D are schematic diagrams of human-computer interaction for the user to set emotional elements according to embodiments of the application.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, “plurality” means two or more.
  • the following embodiments of the application provide a method and related devices for recording user emotions, so that electronic equipment can record or save user emotions when acquiring images, and achieve the purpose of paying attention to user emotions and reproducing user emotions when needed. Improve the user experience of electronic equipment.
  • the electronic device under the condition that the "emotion recognition" of the electronic device is turned on, when the electronic device recognizes the scene in which the user views the image, the electronic device can obtain the user's current emotional state, and Store the image and the current emotional state of the user in association. If the user views the image again, the electronic device can present the image to the user while presenting the emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image, that is, the electronic device can restore the user's emotions, resonate with the user, and give the user more Good experience.
  • emotional states and emotional elements refer to related descriptions in subsequent embodiments.
  • the image viewed by the user may include: an image obtained by the camera of an electronic device (for example, an image included in a viewing frame in a shooting interface provided by a camera application), and the electronic device obtains and stores it from a network or other device To the local image, the image stored on the cloud device accessed by the electronic device, etc.
  • the image can be a static picture, a dynamic picture, a video, etc.
  • emotional recognition may be a service or function provided by an electronic device, which may support the electronic device to obtain the user's emotional state.
  • the emotional state of the user refers to the mood, mood, or mental state of the user, such as calm, anger, disgust, sadness, joy, romance, happiness, and fear. It is not limited to the several emotional states mentioned above. In the specific implementation of this application, there may also be other emotional states, such as joy, anger, sadness, happiness, etc., which are not limited by this application.
  • "emotion recognition” can support the electronic device to analyze the user's behavior data through artificial intelligence (AI) technology, so as to recognize the user's emotional state.
  • enabling "emotion recognition” may include enabling the hardware device of the electronic device and/or enabling the hardware device of other devices connected to the electronic device to collect the user's behavior data, and identify the user's behavior based on the user's behavior data. Emotional state.
  • the user behavior data collected by these hardware devices may include: 1. Non-physiological data. For example, the face, facial expressions and actions collected by the camera 193, the voice collected by the microphone 170C, the ambient light collected by the ambient light sensor 180L, and the user's typing speed and grammar collected by the touch screen 194. 2. Physiological data.
  • the electronic device can analyze the user's emotional state through AI technology based on the collected user behavior data. For example, when the user’s mouth is upturned, the corners of the eyes are slightly tilted, the heart rate is stable, breathing is relieved, and the skin impedance is high, the user is in a happy mood; when the user has a panic expression, an accelerated heart rate, shortness of breath, and a low skin impedance In a state of panic and fear; when the user's pupils dilate and his hands clenched fists, the user is in a state of anger.
  • "emotion recognition” can support the electronic device to analyze the user's behavior data through AI technology, and match the emotional state that is closest to the current user's actual state among the possible emotional states of the user, that is, recognize To the user’s current emotional state.
  • the possible emotional state of the user refers to the emotional state that matches the personality of the user.
  • the possible emotional states of an optimistic and cheerful user may include pleasure, romance, and happiness
  • the possible emotional states of a cautious and melancholic user may include calm, sadness, etc.
  • the user's personality can be obtained by analyzing the user's past behavior data by the electronic device through AI technology.
  • the possible emotional states of users with different personalities can be pre-stored in an electronic device or a cloud server.
  • the AI technology mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a machine learning algorithm.
  • the machine learning algorithm can be a deep learning algorithm, which can include one or more of the following: convolutional neural network (convolutional neural network, CNN), nearest neighbor (k-NearestNeighbor, KNN) classification algorithm, recurrent neural network ( recurrent neural network, RNN) or statistical algorithms, etc.
  • "emotion recognition” can support the electronic device to receive user input or selection of emotional state indication information. Enabling “emotion recognition” may include that the electronic device receives the instruction information of the emotional state directly input or selected by the user, so as to recognize the current emotional state of the user according to the instruction information.
  • the user can input or select the indication information of the emotional state on the touch screen 194, or input voice through the microphone 170C to input or select the indication information of the emotional state, or input or select the indication information of the emotional state by shaking or gestures.
  • the indication information of the emotional state may be an icon, text, or voice.
  • an emotional element refers to an element that can reflect the emotional state of the user.
  • Emotional elements may include, but are not limited to: text information, pictures (such as emoticons), music, image composition, light and shadow effects, saturation, hue, and color.
  • the composition method of the image may include nine square grid composition method, guide line composition method, diagonal composition method, three-part composition method, blank composition method, foreground/background blur composition method, etc.
  • the light and shadow effects of the image can include strong light and shadow, grayed light and shadow, and so on.
  • the saturation may include high saturation, low saturation, and so on.
  • Hues may include cool colors, warm colors, neutral colors, and so on.
  • the color can include bright, dim, gray, normal, etc.
  • Different emotional elements can give people different feelings, that is, different emotional elements can correspond to different emotional states.
  • the composition of the image is a three-part composition (that is, the picture is divided by the golden section) and the image is colorful, it can enhance the visual pleasure and vividness, which can correspond to the emotional state of "happy".
  • the composition of an image is a blank composition, a gray light and a dark color, it can give people a sense of loneliness, which can correspond to the emotional state of "sorrow.” Understandably, when the user sees these emotional elements, he can intuitively feel the emotional state corresponding to the emotional element.
  • one emotional state may correspond to multiple emotional elements.
  • the determination method or the setting method of the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states can refer to the related descriptions in the subsequent embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states may be stored locally on the electronic device, or may also be stored in a cloud server, which is not limited in this application.
  • the electronic devices can be mobile phones, tablets, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), wearable devices, laptops and other portable electronic devices.
  • portable electronic devices include, but are not limited to, portable electronic devices equipped with iOS, android, microsoft or other operating systems.
  • the aforementioned portable electronic device may also be other portable electronic devices, such as a laptop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch panel).
  • the electronic device may not be a portable electronic device, but a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch panel), or a smart TV.
  • FIG. 1A shows a schematic structural diagram of an exemplary electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1A shows a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 150 wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM Subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include pressure sensor 180A, gyroscope sensor 180B, air pressure sensor 180C, magnetic sensor 180D, acceleration sensor 180E, distance sensor 180F, proximity light sensor 180G, fingerprint sensor 180H, temperature sensor 180J, touch sensor 180K, ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • AP application processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • ISP image signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the processor 110 may recognize the user's emotional state according to the acquired user behavior data.
  • the specific identification method can refer to the previous description.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver (universal asynchronous) interface.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART mobile industry processor interface
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • the I2C interface is a two-way synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through an I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100.
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to realize communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices.
  • the MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100.
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on.
  • GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present application is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT wireless fidelity
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 2.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • AMOLED flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the camera 193 can be used to collect the user's face, facial expressions, and actions for the electronic device to recognize the user's emotional state.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • the NPU can realize applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function.
  • the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
  • UFS universal flash storage
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store one or more emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states.
  • the internal memory 121 may also be used to store the image acquired by the electronic device 100 and the emotional state of the user when the image is acquired.
  • the internal memory 121 may also be used to associate and store the image obtained by the electronic device 100 and the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state when the image is obtained.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also called a "speaker" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the speaker 170A can be used to output audio-like emotional elements (such as background music).
  • the speaker 170A may also be used to input voice prompt information, for example, a voice used to prompt the user to turn on "emotion recognition".
  • the receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can approach the microphone 170C through the mouth to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194.
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100.
  • the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
  • the gyro sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
  • the electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 can use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, etc.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 executes to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the electronic device 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 due to low temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function.
  • the application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the button 190 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication.
  • the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes a layered Android system as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 1B is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
  • the application framework layer provides application programming interfaces (application programming interface, API) and programming frameworks for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and so on.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
  • the content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the data may include video, image, audio, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text and controls that display pictures.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, etc.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can disappear automatically after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
  • Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in a virtual machine.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to realize 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
  • the 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer.
  • the kernel layer processes touch operations into original input events (including touch coordinates, time stamps of touch operations, etc.).
  • the original input events are stored in the kernel layer.
  • the application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer, and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Taking the touch operation as a touch click operation, and the control corresponding to the click operation is the control of the camera application icon as an example, the camera application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the camera application, and then starts the camera driver by calling the kernel layer.
  • the camera 193 captures still images or videos.
  • the following describes an exemplary graphical user interface on the electronic device 100 for displaying the application programs installed by the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 2A exemplarily shows an exemplary user interface 21 on the electronic device 100 for displaying application programs installed by the electronic device 100.
  • the user interface 21 may include: a status bar 201, a calendar indicator 202, a weather indicator 203, a tray 204 with commonly used application icons, a navigation bar 205, and other application icons. among them:
  • the status bar 201 may include: one or more signal strength indicators 201A of mobile communication signals (also called cellular signals), the name of the operator (for example, "China Mobile") 201B, and wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) )
  • One or more signal strength indicators 201C, battery status indicator 201D, and time indicator 201E of the signal are included in the signal.
  • the calendar indicator 202 can be used to indicate the current time, such as date, day of the week, hour and minute information, etc.
  • the weather indicator 203 can be used to indicate the type of weather, such as cloudy to clear, light rain, etc., and can also be used to indicate information such as temperature.
  • the tray 204 with icons of commonly used application programs can display: a phone icon 204A, a contact icon 204B, a short message icon 204C, and a camera icon 204D.
  • the navigation bar 205 may include system navigation keys such as a return key 205A, a home screen key 205B, and a multi-task key 205C.
  • system navigation keys such as a return key 205A, a home screen key 205B, and a multi-task key 205C.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the previous page of the current page.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the home interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the task recently opened by the user.
  • the naming of each navigation key can also be other, which is not limited in this application. It is not limited to virtual keys, and each navigation key in the navigation bar 205 can also be implemented as a physical key.
  • Other application icons can be for example: Wechat icon 206, QQ icon 207, Twitter icon 208, Facebook icon 209, mailbox icon 210, cloud sharing icon 211, memo The icon 212 of, the icon 213 of Alipay, the icon 214 of gallery, and the icon 215 of settings.
  • the user interface 21 may also include a page indicator 216.
  • Other application program icons may be distributed on multiple pages, and the page indicator 216 may be used to indicate which application program in which page the user is currently browsing. The user can slide the area of other application icons left and right to browse application icons in other pages.
  • the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 2A may be a home screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may also include a physical home screen key.
  • the home screen key can be used to receive instructions from the user and return the currently displayed UI to the main interface, so that the user can view the home screen at any time.
  • the above instruction can be an operation instruction for the user to press the home screen key once, or an operation instruction for the user to press the home screen key twice in a short period of time, or the user long press the home screen key within a predetermined time Operation instructions.
  • the home screen key can also be integrated with a fingerprint recognizer, so that when the home screen key is pressed, fingerprints are collected and recognized.
  • FIG. 2A only exemplarily shows the user interface on the electronic device 100, and should not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
  • 2A and 2B exemplarily show an operation of turning on "emotion recognition" on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a window 217 on the user interface 21.
  • the switch control 217A of "emotion recognition” can be displayed in the window 217, and the switch control of other functions (such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, flashlight, etc.) can also be displayed.
  • the electronic device 100 can turn on "emotion recognition".
  • the user can make a downward sliding gesture on the status bar 201 to open the window 217, and can click the switch control 217A of "emotion recognition” in the window 217 to conveniently open the "emotion recognition".
  • the expression form of the switch control 217A of "emotion recognition” can be text information or icons.
  • the user can also view images (such as the image in the viewfinder provided by the camera application, the image stored in the electronic device, or the cloud accessed by the electronic device 100).
  • the "emotion recognition” is turned on when the image on the server, etc.), which will be described in detail in the subsequent embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may also automatically turn on "emotion recognition", for example, automatically turn on "emotion recognition” when recognizing a scene in which a user views an image.
  • the user can turn on the "emotion recognition” function from the setting options of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device may also display a prompt message that "emotion recognition” has been turned on in the status bar 201.
  • a prompt message that "emotion recognition” has been turned on in the status bar 201.
  • the icon of "emotion recognition” is displayed in the status bar 201 or the text "emotion recognition” is directly displayed.
  • the user can preview the image collected by the camera from the viewfinder when taking a photo, and can choose to capture the previewed image in the current viewfinder, that is, save the image.
  • the electronic device can recognize the emotional state of the user when viewing the image, and store the emotional state in association when storing the image. It is understandable that the image captured by the camera previewed by the user in the viewfinder may be the same or different from the image finally selected by the user.
  • the "photographing interface" provided by the UI embodiment exemplarily shown in FIGS. 3A to 3H is described below.
  • the "photographing interface” can be used to display the image collected by the camera and one or more related controls when the image is taken.
  • the image collected by the camera can be collected by the front camera, or can be collected by the rear camera.
  • Related controls when shooting images can be used to receive user operations (such as touch operations).
  • the electronic device can perform one or more of the following: change the scale of the displayed image, turn on the flash, turn on the corresponding shooting mode, switch Camera etc.
  • the user interface 31 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 3A-3C may be an implementation of the "photographing interface".
  • the user interface 31 may be provided by the "camera” application.
  • “Camera” is an application program installed on electronic devices such as smart phones, tablet computers, etc. for capturing images, and the name of the application program is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • This application can support displaying various images collected by the camera 193. That is, the object displayed by the "camera” is the image collected by the camera 193.
  • the user interface 31 may be a user interface opened by the user clicking on the camera icon 204D in FIG. 2A, and is not limited to this.
  • the user may also open the user interface 31 for capturing images in other applications, such as the user in the "WeChat” application Tap the shooting control to open the user interface 31 for shooting images.
  • the user interface 31 may include: a captured image display control 301, a shooting control 302, a control 303 for switching cameras, a shooting mode menu 304, a viewfinder 305, and other controls such as A control 306A for adjusting the size of the image displayed in the viewfinder 305, a control 306B for displaying introduction information of the shooting mode, a control 306C for setting various parameters during shooting, and a control 306D for turning on/off the flash.
  • a control 306A for adjusting the size of the image displayed in the viewfinder 305
  • a control 306B for displaying introduction information of the shooting mode
  • a control 306C for setting various parameters during shooting
  • a control 306D for turning on/off the flash.
  • the captured image echo control 301 can be used to display the last image captured by the electronic device 100, and can also monitor user operations for opening an album.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect a user operation (for example, a click operation) acting on the control 301, and in response to the operation, the electronic device displays the most recently saved image.
  • the shooting control 302 can monitor user operations for shooting images.
  • the electronic device can detect a user operation (for example, a click operation) acting on the shooting control 302, and shoot in response to the user operation, save the captured image, and display the image in the control 301.
  • a user operation for example, a click operation
  • the shooting control 302 can shoot an image.
  • the control 303 for switching cameras can monitor user operations for switching cameras.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect a user operation (such as a click operation) acting on the control 303, and switch the camera in response to the user operation, for example, switch the rear camera to the front camera, or switch the front camera to the rear camera.
  • a user operation such as a click operation
  • the viewfinder frame 305 can be used to display the image acquired by the camera. In other words, the viewfinder frame 305 can be used to display a preview image.
  • the electronic device 100 can refresh the display content therein in real time.
  • the camera used to obtain the image may be a rear camera or a front camera.
  • the shooting mode menu 304 may display one or more shooting mode options.
  • the shooting mode options can be implemented as icons, text or other forms.
  • the shooting mode options in the shooting mode menu 304 may include: large aperture mode option 304A, night scene mode option 304B, portrait mode option 304C, photo mode option 304D, video mode option 304E, professional Mode option 304F etc.
  • the electronic device can detect a sliding operation (such as a left or right sliding operation) acting on the shooting mode menu 304, and switch the shooting mode options displayed in the shooting mode menu 304 in response to the operation, so that the user can browse more Multiple shooting mode options.
  • the electronic device 100 can also detect a user operation acting on the shooting mode option, and activate the corresponding shooting mode in response to the user operation.
  • the electronic device 100 can shoot images with different effects in different shooting modes. For example, in the large-aperture mode, the captured image can be processed to show a depth-of-field effect, and in the portrait mode, the portrait in the captured image can be beautified.
  • the switch control 307 of "emotion recognition” may be displayed in the user interface 31.
  • the switch control 307 may be an icon.
  • the user interface 31 may also display prompt information for prompting the user to turn on "emotion recognition".
  • the prompt information may be text information such as "click here to turn on emotion recognition", pictures, links or other forms. The embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the electronic device can detect an operation that acts on the control 307 (such as a user's light touch, heavy press, or long press on the control 307), and in response to the operation, the electronic device can turn on "emotion recognition ".
  • the display mode of the switch control 307 may be updated, and the updated control 307 may be as shown in FIG. 3B. That is to say, after the electronic device turns on "emotion recognition", the control 307 can be changed from the shadow state to the non-shadow state. It is not limited to changing the display mode of the control 307.
  • the electronic device may also prompt the user to have turned on "emotion recognition” in other ways. For example, the electronic device may also play voice or generate vibration to remind the user that the user has turned on "emotion recognition". No restrictions.
  • the electronic device may also turn on “emotion recognition” in other ways.
  • the user can also input a voice "enable emotion recognition”
  • the electronic device can collect the user's voice through the microphone 170C, and enable "emotion recognition” according to the voice.
  • the user can also enable "emotion recognition” in the window 217 shown in FIG. 2B, which is not limited in this application.
  • prompt information 308 may be displayed in the view frame 305.
  • the prompt information 308 may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device is recognizing the emotional state of the user.
  • the prompt information 308 may be text information "recognizing user emotion”.
  • the prompt information 308 may also be in other forms such as pictures, links, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the prompt information 308 in the user interface 31 may not be an interactive element displayed on the touch screen, but may be audio played through the speaker 170A.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device has not yet recognized the user's emotional state, the electronic device may also not present any other content in the view frame 305, that is, blank, which can indicate that the user's emotional state has not yet been recognized. status.
  • the electronic device can update the content displayed in the viewing frame 305, and the updated viewing frame 305 can display prompt information 309.
  • the preset time may be determined by the performance of the electronic device, or may be independently set by the user, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the prompt information 309 may be used to prompt the user of the emotional state of the user that the electronic device has recognized.
  • the prompt information 309 may be the text message "Identified that the user is in a happy state, click to view". It is not limited to text information.
  • the prompt information 309 may also be in other forms such as pictures and links, which are not limited in this application.
  • the prompt information 309 in the user interface 31 as shown in FIG. 3C may also be updated accordingly.
  • the electronic device may also use other forms of interactive elements to indicate that the electronic device has recognized the user's emotional state, for example, the electronic device can also play Voice to remind the user that the emotional state has been recognized.
  • the specific implementation manner for the electronic device to recognize the user's emotional state can refer to the relevant description above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device can directly display the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state in the viewfinder 305.
  • some or all of the prompt information 309 in the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3C can be used to receive triggers that the electronic device presents corresponding to the user's emotional state
  • the manipulation of emotional elements For example, part of the text "click to view” in the prompt message 309 "recognizing that the user is in a happy state, click to view” can be used to receive an operation that triggers the electronic device to present an emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state.
  • the operation can be light touch, heavy press or long press.
  • the emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state can be stored in the local end of the electronic device, or can be stored in the cloud server. That is, after the electronic device recognizes the emotional state of the user, it can obtain the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state from the local end or from the cloud server.
  • the user interface 31 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 3D-3H may present several implementation manners of emotional elements corresponding to the current emotional state of the user for the electronic device.
  • Fig. 3D shows a way for an electronic device to display an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state of the user.
  • an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "happy” is displayed in the user interface 31, and the emotional element is an emoticon package 310A.
  • the emoticon package 310A may be any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy” or a default one of the electronic device.
  • FIG. 3E shows a way for an electronic device to display multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state of the user.
  • multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy” are displayed in the user interface 31, including emoticons 310A, text bubbles 310B, text bubbles 310C, and text information 310D, and the image in the viewfinder 305 High saturation presented.
  • the multiple emotional elements may be part or all of the multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
  • the electronic device may also present other emotional elements.
  • the electronic device can also adjust the composition, light and shadow effects, saturation, hue, and color of the image in the viewfinder 305, and can also play background music through the speaker 170A to reflect the current emotional state of the user.
  • Figures 3F-3H show yet another way for an electronic device to present emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state.
  • a small window 311 is displayed in the user interface 31.
  • the small window 311 can be used for the user to select corresponding emotional elements for presentation.
  • the small window 311 may include the icon 311A of the emotional element, the text information "emotional element" 311B, multiple emotional element options such as “original image” 311C, high saturation 311D, text bubble "Happy life! 311E, emoticon package 311F,
  • the text message "Singing in the daytime must indulge in wine, youth is a good company to return home" 311G, background music “Song "Today is a good day”” 311H, etc.
  • the emotional elements corresponding to the multiple emotional element options may be part or all of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy". It is not limited to the emotional element options included in the small window 311 shown in FIG. 3F. In other embodiments, the small window 311 may also include other emotional element options, such as composition options, lighting effects, and saturation options. , Hue options and color options, etc.
  • Each emotional element option in the small window 311 can be used to monitor the operation of triggering the electronic device to present the emotional element corresponding to the option.
  • the electronic device may present the emotional element corresponding to the emotional element option.
  • the electronic device may not present any emotional elements; in response to a detected touch operation on option 311E, the electronic device may display text bubbles on the user interface 31 "Happy life!, as shown in FIG. 3G; in response to the detected touch operation on the option 311H, the electronic device activates the speaker 170A to play the song "Today is a good day”.
  • the display mode of the emotional element option in the small window 311 can be changed. For example, the border of the option 311E shown in FIG. 3G is thickened.
  • only one emotional element can be presented in the user interface 31 as shown in FIG. 3G.
  • the electronic device detects an operation acting on the next emotional element option in the small window 311
  • the electronic device stops presenting The previous emotional element and begin to present the next emotional element.
  • multiple emotional elements may be presented in the user interface 31 as shown in FIG. 3G.
  • the electronic device detects an operation (such as a touch operation) that acts on the emotional element option
  • the electronic device presents For the emotional element corresponding to the emotional element option
  • the electronic device detects an operation (such as a touch operation) acting on the emotional element option again the electronic device may stop presenting the emotional element corresponding to the emotional element option.
  • the small window 311 may also display a control 311I and/or a control 311J.
  • the control 311I or the control 311J can be used for the user to switch or update the emotional element options displayed in the small window 311, so that more emotional elements corresponding to the current user's emotional state can be viewed.
  • other interactive elements can also be used for the user to switch the emotional element options displayed in the small window 311.
  • the user can also make a left or right sliding gesture in the small window 311 to switch or update the emotional element options displayed in the small window 311.
  • the small window 311 may further include a control 311K and a control 311L.
  • the control 311L can be used to monitor the operation of triggering to stop displaying the small window 311.
  • the user can input a user operation (such as a touch operation on the text "OK") on the control 311L.
  • the electronic device stops displaying the small window 311 and continues to present the emotional element selected by the user (for example, the text bubble "Happy Life! shown in FIG. 3H is continuously displayed).
  • the control 311K can be used to monitor the operation of triggering to stop displaying the small window 311 and stop presenting any emotional elements.
  • the electronic device stops displaying the small window 311 and stops presenting any emotional elements.
  • the electronic device may associate and store the image obtained by the electronic device with the user's current emotional state.
  • the electronic device can store the image obtained by the camera and the current emotional state of the user locally, or store the image obtained by the camera and the current emotional state of the user in a cloud server, which is not limited in this application.
  • the electronic device can input a user operation (such as a touch operation) on the shooting control 302, and in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device can store the The portrait in the view frame 305 as shown in FIG. 3C and the recognized current emotional state of the user are "happy".
  • the electronic device can also store the acquired image and the recognized current emotional state of the user in response to other user operations.
  • the user can also input voice to "take a photo” and face
  • the camera blinks and other methods trigger the electronic device to store the acquired image and the recognized current emotional state of the user.
  • the electronic device can store images in JPEG, TIFF, RAW, PNG, GIF, AVI, 3GP, MOV or other image formats, and use text (such as the text "happy”) and indicator (such as the indicator " 1", indicating that the corresponding emotional state is "happy”) and other methods to store the user's current emotional state, which is not limited in this application.
  • the image obtained by the electronic device may be associated and stored with the emotional element corresponding to the recognized emotional state of the user.
  • the emotional element may be one or more.
  • the electronic device can store the image obtained by the camera and the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state to the local, or store the image obtained by the camera and the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state to the local Cloud server, this application does not restrict this.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state and displays an emotional element emoticon 310A corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 31, the user can input on the shooting control 302 A user operation (for example, a touch operation), in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device may associate and store the portrait and emotional element expression package 310A in the view frame 305 as shown in FIG. 3D.
  • a user operation for example, a touch operation
  • the electronic device when the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state and displays an emotional element text bubble "Happy Life! 310B corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 31, the user can Input a user operation (such as a touch operation) on the shooting control 302, and in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device can store the portrait and emotional element text bubble "Happy Life! in the view frame 305 as shown in FIG. 3H in association with each other. 310B.
  • a user operation such as a touch operation
  • the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, and displays multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 31, such as emoticon 310A, text bubble 310B, text
  • the bubble 310C and the text message 310D also play the emotional element song "Today is a good day", and when the image in the viewfinder 305 is displayed with high saturation, the user can input user operations (such as touch operations) on the shooting control 302,
  • the electronic device may store the portrait and emotional element emoticon package 310A, text bubble 310B, text bubble 310C, text information 310D, and the song "Today is a good day" in the viewfinder frame 305 as shown in FIG. 3E. Day” and high saturation indicator information.
  • the electronic device may also store the acquired images and emotional elements in association with other user operations.
  • the user can also trigger the electronic device to associate and store the acquired images and emotional elements by inputting a voice "photograph", blinking at the camera, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device After the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, it stores the image obtained by the electronic device and the emotional element corresponding to the recognized user's emotional state in association, or associates the image obtained by the electronic device with the recognized user's emotion.
  • the acquired image stored by the electronic device is a captured image. Since the user preview image and the captured image may not be performed at the same time, the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder and the final captured image (ie, the saved image) may be the same or different.
  • the above UI embodiments shown in FIGS. 3C-3H are described by taking the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder as the same as the final captured image, which is implemented in the UI shown in FIGS. 3C-3H.
  • the preview image and the final captured image viewed by the user in the viewfinder frame are both portraits in the viewfinder frame 305.
  • the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder and the final captured image may also be different.
  • the time between the user viewing the preview image and the final captured image in the viewfinder does not exceed the preset duration, which can be preset, for example, It is 1 minute, 2 minutes, etc.
  • the preset duration can ensure that the emotional state stored in association with the captured image is the emotional state when the user sees the captured image, or the preset duration can ensure that the emotional element stored in association with the captured image reflects the user viewing the captured image Emotional state at the time.
  • the electronic device if the electronic device acquires a video through a camera, and the user's emotional state changes during the process of acquiring the video by the electronic device, that is, when the electronic device recognizes multiple emotional states of the user in the process of acquiring the video, the electronic device The device can associate and store each segment of the video and the emotional state or emotional element corresponding to each segment.
  • the electronic device can Store the first 1-10 minutes of the video in association with the emotional state "romantic”, and store the last 11-20 minutes of the video in association with the emotional state "happy".
  • the electronic device may store the acquired images in different areas according to different emotional states.
  • the electronic device can store all the images acquired when the user’s emotional state is “happy” and the emotional state “happy” in the first area, and can store all the images acquired when the user's emotional state is "romantic”
  • the image of and the emotional state "romance” is associated and stored in the second area, and all the images obtained when the user's emotional state is “calm” and the emotional state “calm” can be associated and stored in the third area.
  • the electronic device can store all the images acquired when the user’s emotional state is "happy” and the emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy” in the fourth area, and can store all the user's emotional states as " The image obtained during "romance” and the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state “romantic” are stored in the fifth area. All the images obtained when the user's emotional state is "calm” and the emotional state “calm” can be associated The emotional elements are stored in the sixth area.
  • the above-mentioned first area to sixth area may be located at the local end of the electronic device, or may be located at the cloud server.
  • the electronic device can recognize the user's current emotional state when capturing an image, and store the captured image and the recognized user's current emotional state in association with the user's needs, or , According to the user's needs, the captured images and the emotional elements corresponding to the user's current emotional state are associated and stored. In this way, the user's emotion can be recorded, and the purpose of paying attention to the user's emotion can be achieved, and the user's emotion can be easily reproduced when needed, and the user's experience of using the electronic device can be improved.
  • the “photographing interface” may be referred to as the first user interface
  • the preview image may be referred to as the first image
  • the captured image may be referred to as the second image.
  • the first image and the second image may be the same or different.
  • the “photographing interface” refer to the user interface 31 shown in FIGS. 3A to 3H.
  • the emotional state of the user recognized by the electronic device when the user views the preview image may be referred to as the first emotional state.
  • the electronic device associates and stores the second image and the emotional element corresponding to the recognized first emotional state
  • the emotional element corresponding to the recognized first emotional state may be referred to as the first emotional element.
  • the control included in the first user interface for monitoring and saving the second image may be referred to as the first interactive element, such as the shooting control 302 in FIGS. 3C- 3E and 3H;
  • the operation acting on the first interaction element is called a first operation, for example, a touch operation acting on the shooting control 302.
  • the electronic device when the user views a picture, the electronic device can recognize the user's current emotional state, and store the emotional state in association when storing the picture.
  • the "view picture interface” may be used to display a picture and one or more related controls for processing the picture.
  • the picture may be a picture stored on a cloud device accessed by the electronic device, a picture stored on the local end of the electronic device, and so on.
  • Exemplary embodiments of the pictures stored on the cloud device accessed by the electronic device may include the Moments pictures viewed by the user in the "WeChat” application, and the pictures posted by the friends viewed by the user in the "Facebook” application. Wait.
  • Exemplary embodiments of pictures stored on the local end of the electronic device may include pictures viewed by the user in the "album” application, etc.
  • Related controls for processing the picture can be used to monitor user operations (such as touch operations), and in response to the user operation, the electronic device can perform one or more of the following: share pictures, save pictures, bookmark pictures, and so on.
  • the user interface 41 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 4A-4D may be an implementation of the "view picture interface".
  • the user interface 41 may be provided by a “WeChat” application, a “Facebook” application, a “photo album” application or other applications.
  • the user interface 41 may be a user interface opened when the user clicks the WeChat icon 206, the Facebook icon 209, or the gallery icon 214 in FIG. 2A to view a certain picture.
  • the user interface 41 may include: a status bar 401 and a picture 402.
  • the picture 402 is a picture currently viewed by the user.
  • the picture may be a picture stored on a cloud device accessed by the electronic device, or a picture stored on the local end of the electronic device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the user interface 41 may further include a concealable navigation bar (not shown in the figure).
  • For the navigation bar refer to the navigation bar 205 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which is not repeated here.
  • the electronic device can detect an operation that acts on the picture 402 (such as a user's long-press, heavy-press, or double-click operations on the picture 402), and in response to the operation, the electronic device can display the image shown in FIG. 4B Show menu 403.
  • the menu 403 may include multiple controls for triggering the electronic device to process the picture, such as a sharing control 403A, a saving control 403B, a favorite control 403C, and an emotion recognition control 403D.
  • the controls in the menu 403 can be used to monitor user operations (such as touch operations), and in response to the detected user operations, the electronic device can perform corresponding processing on the picture, such as sharing, saving, collecting, or emotion recognition.
  • the menu 403 may also include more controls 403E. More controls 403E can be used to monitor user operations (such as touch operations). In response to the detected user operations, the electronic device can display more controls for triggering the electronic device to process the picture, such as delete controls, move controls, and so on.
  • the manifestation of the controls in the menu 403 may be icons and/or text information.
  • the emotion recognition control 403D in the menu 403 can be used to monitor and trigger the operation of enabling "emotion recognition".
  • the electronic device turns on "emotion recognition”.
  • the electronic device can also turn on “emotion recognition” in other ways.
  • the user can also enable “emotion recognition” in the window 217 shown in FIG. 2B, which is not limited in this application.
  • a prompt message 404 may be displayed on the picture 402.
  • the prompt information 404 may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device is recognizing the emotional state of the user.
  • the prompt information 404 reference may be made to the prompt information 308 shown in FIG. 3B, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device has not yet recognized the user's emotional state, the electronic device may not present any other content on the picture 402, that is, blank, which can indicate that the user's emotional state has not yet been recognized.
  • the electronic device may update the content displayed on the picture 402, and the updated picture 402 may display prompt information 405.
  • the prompt information 405 may be used to prompt the user's emotional state that has been recognized by the electronic device.
  • the prompt information 405 reference may be made to the prompt information 309 shown in FIG. 3C, which is not repeated here.
  • the specific implementation manner for the electronic device to recognize the user's emotional state can refer to the relevant description above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device may directly display the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state on the picture 402.
  • part or all of the prompt information 405 in the user interface 41 shown in FIG. 4D can be used to receive triggers that the electronic device presents corresponding to the user's emotional state
  • the manipulation of emotional elements For example, part of the text "click to view” in the prompt message 405 "Identifies that the user is in a happy state, click to view” can be used to receive an operation that triggers the electronic device to present an emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state.
  • the operation can be light touch, heavy press or long press.
  • the emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state can be stored in the local end of the electronic device, or can be stored in the cloud server. That is, after the electronic device recognizes the emotional state of the user, it can obtain the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state from the local end or from the cloud server.
  • the user interface 41 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 4E-4H can present several implementation ways of emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state for the electronic device.
  • FIG. 4E shows a way for an electronic device to display an emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state.
  • an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "happy” is displayed in the user interface 41, and the emotional element is an emoticon package 406A.
  • the emoticon package 406A may be any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy” or a default one of the electronic device.
  • FIG. 4F shows a way for an electronic device to display multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state of the user.
  • the user interface 41 displays multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy", including emoticons 406A, text bubbles 406B, text bubbles 406C, and text information 406D, as well as the high saturation presented by the picture 402 .
  • the multiple emotional elements may be part or all of the multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
  • the electronic device may also present other emotional elements.
  • the electronic device can also adjust the composition, light and shadow effects, saturation, hue, and color of the image in the viewfinder 305, and can also play background music through the speaker 170A to reflect the current emotional state of the user.
  • the user interface 41 shown in FIG. 4E and FIG. 4F may further include a control 407.
  • the control 407 can be used to monitor the operation that triggers the electronic device to stop presenting any emotional element. In response to the user operation, the electronic device stops presenting any emotional elements.
  • Figures 4G-4H show yet another way for an electronic device to present emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state.
  • a small window 409 is displayed in the user interface 41.
  • the small window 409 may include the icon 409A of the emotional element, the text information "emotional element” 409B, multiple emotional element options such as “original image” 409C, high saturation 409D, text bubble "Happy life! 409E, emoticon package 409F,
  • the text message "Singing in the daytime must be indulging in wine, youth is a good company to return home” 409G, background music “Song "Today is a good day”” 409H, etc.
  • Each emotional element option in the small window 409 can be used to monitor the operation of triggering the electronic device to present the emotional element corresponding to the option.
  • the various emotional element options in the small window 409 can refer to the various emotional element options in the small window 311 in the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3F, which will not be repeated here.
  • only one emotional element can be presented in the user interface 41 as shown in FIG. 4H.
  • the electronic device detects an operation acting on the next emotional element option in the small window 409, the electronic device stops presenting The previous emotional element and begin to present the next emotional element.
  • multiple emotional elements may be presented in the user interface 41 as shown in FIG. 4H.
  • the electronic device detects an operation (such as a touch operation) acting on the emotional element option, the electronic device presents For the emotional element corresponding to the emotional element option, when the electronic device detects an operation (such as a touch operation) acting on the emotional element option again, the electronic device may stop presenting the emotional element corresponding to the emotional element option.
  • the small window 409 may also display a control 409I and/or a control 409J.
  • the control 409I or the control 409J can be used for the user to switch or update the emotional element options displayed in the small window 409, so that more emotional elements corresponding to the current user's emotional state can be viewed.
  • other interactive elements may also be used for the user to switch the emotional element options displayed in the small window 409.
  • the user may also make a left or right sliding gesture in the small window 409 to switch or update the emotional element options displayed in the small window 409.
  • the small window 409 may also include a control 409K.
  • the control 409K can be used to monitor the operation of triggering to stop displaying the small window 409 and stop presenting any emotional elements.
  • the electronic device stops displaying the small window 409 and stops presenting any emotional elements.
  • the electronic device may store the picture viewed by the user in association with the user's current emotional state.
  • the electronic device may store the pictures viewed by the user and the current emotional state of the user locally, or store the pictures viewed by the user and the current emotional state of the user in a cloud server.
  • the user can input a user operation on the picture 402 (such as a long press, heavy press, or double-click on the picture 402), in response to the detected With this user operation, the electronic device can display a small window 403 as shown in FIG.
  • the electronic device can store the picture 402 as shown in FIG. 4D and the identified user's current The emotional state is "happy".
  • the electronic device can also store pictures viewed by the user and the recognized current emotional state of the user in response to other user operations.
  • the user can also input voice " Means such as “save” trigger the electronic device to store the picture viewed by the user and the current emotional state of the user identified.
  • Means such as “save” trigger the electronic device to store the picture viewed by the user and the current emotional state of the user identified.
  • the manner in which the electronic device stores the picture and the user's current emotional state can refer to the related description in the application scenario 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, it can store the pictures viewed by the user and the emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state in association with each other.
  • the electronic device associates and stores the picture viewed by the user and the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state, there may be one or more emotional elements.
  • the electronic device may store the pictures viewed by the user and the emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state locally, and may also store the pictures viewed by the user and the emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state in association with each other. To the cloud server, this application does not restrict this.
  • the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state and displays an emotional element emoticon package 406A corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 41.
  • the user interface 41 shown in FIG. 4E may further include a control 408, which can be used to monitor and trigger the operation of the electronic device to associate and store the picture viewed by the user and the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state of the user.
  • the electronic device may store the picture 402 and the emotional element emoticon package 406A as shown in FIG. 4E in association.
  • the expression form of the control 408 may be text or icon, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state and displays an emotional element text bubble "Happy Life! 406B corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 41.
  • the small window 407 in the user interface 41 shown in FIG. 4H may also include a control 409L, which can be used to monitor the operation of triggering the electronic device to associate and store the picture viewed by the user and the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state of the user.
  • the electronic device may store the picture 402 and the emotional element emoticon package 406A as shown in FIG. 4H in association.
  • the expression form of the control 409L may be text or icon, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, and displays multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 41, such as emoticons 406A, text bubbles 406B, and text
  • the bubble 406C and the text message 406D also play the emotional element song "Today is a Good Day", and the picture 402 is displayed with high saturation.
  • the user interface 41 shown in FIG. 4F may further include a control 408, which may be used to monitor and trigger the operation of the electronic device to associate and store the picture viewed by the user and the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state of the user.
  • the electronic device may associate and store the picture 402 shown in FIG. 4F with the emotional element emoticon package 406A, text bubble 406B, text bubble 406C, and text information 406D.
  • the expression form of the control 408 may be text or icon, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the electronic device may also store the acquired images and emotional elements in association with other user operations.
  • the user can also trigger the electronic device to associate and store the acquired image and emotional element by inputting a voice "save", etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device may store the acquired images in different areas according to different emotional states.
  • the electronic device can store all the images acquired when the user’s emotional state is “happy” and the emotional state “happy” in the first area, and can store all the images acquired when the user's emotional state is "romantic”
  • the image of and the emotional state "romance” is associated and stored in the second area, and all the images obtained when the user's emotional state is “calm” and the emotional state “calm” can be associated and stored in the third area.
  • the electronic device can store all the images acquired when the user’s emotional state is "happy” and the emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy” in the fourth area, and can store all the user's emotional states as " The image obtained during "romance” and the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state “romantic” are stored in the fifth area. All the images obtained when the user's emotional state is "calm” and the emotional state “calm” can be associated The emotional elements are stored in the sixth area.
  • the above-mentioned first area to sixth area may be located at the local end of the electronic device, or may be located at the cloud server.
  • the page layout of the "view picture interface” may also present other forms, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the electronic device can recognize the user’s current emotional state when the user views a picture, and store the picture viewed by the user in association with the recognized current emotional state of the user according to user needs, Or, the pictures viewed by the user and the emotional elements corresponding to the current emotional state of the user are associated and stored according to the needs of the user.
  • the user's emotion can be recorded, and the purpose of paying attention to the user's emotion can be achieved, and the user's emotion can be easily reproduced when needed, and the user's experience of using the electronic device can be improved.
  • the electronic device can also recognize the user’s emotional state when the user views a video or other types of images, and can store the images viewed by the user and the recognition as needed.
  • the current emotional state of the user can be obtained, or the image viewed by the user can be associated and stored according to the user's needs and the emotional element corresponding to the recognized current emotional state of the user.
  • the "picture viewing interface” may be referred to as the first user interface
  • the viewed picture may be referred to as the first image
  • the saved picture may be referred to as the second image
  • the first image and the second image the same.
  • the first image and the second image may be pictures 402 in the user interface shown in FIGS. 4A-4H, for example.
  • the emotional state of the user recognized by the electronic device when the user views the picture may be referred to as the first emotional state.
  • the electronic device stores the second image and one or more emotional elements corresponding to the recognized first emotional state in association
  • the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the recognized first emotional state may be referred to as The first emotional element.
  • the control included in the first user interface for monitoring and saving pictures may be referred to as the first interactive element, for example, the control 408 in FIG. 4E-FIG. 4F and the control 409L in FIG. 4H ;
  • the operation acting on the first interactive element can be referred to as the first operation, for example, a touch operation acting on the control 408 or 409L.
  • the operation for turning on “emotion recognition” may be referred to as the fourth operation.
  • the electronic device can collect the user's behavior data through the configured hardware device or by starting the hardware device of other devices connected to the electronic device. Identify the current emotional state of the user. For the specific implementation of the electronic device recognizing the user's emotional state, please refer to the previous description.
  • the first user interface may include a second interaction element, and the second interaction element is used to monitor the operation of starting the emotion recognition service.
  • the fourth operation may be an operation (for example, a touch operation) acting on the second interaction element in the first user interface.
  • An exemplary implementation of the second interactive element may include the control 307 in FIG. 3A or the control 403D in FIG. 4B.
  • Application scenario 3 A scenario where the electronic device reproduces the user's emotional state
  • the electronic device After the electronic device stores the image in association with the current emotional state of the recognized user, or after the electronic device stores the image and the emotional element corresponding to the recognized user's current emotional state, the electronic device can present the image when the user views the image again Corresponding emotional elements.
  • the emotional element is an emotional element corresponding to an emotional state stored in association with the image, or the emotional element is an emotional element stored in association with the image.
  • the user After seeing these emotional elements, the user can experience the corresponding emotional state and generate emotional resonance, that is, reproduce the emotional state when the image is acquired.
  • the image can be a static picture, a dynamic picture, a video, and so on.
  • the electronic device associates and stores the image and the emotional state/emotional element
  • the corresponding emotional element can be presented according to the user's needs when the user views the image again.
  • 5A-5C exemplarily show related user interfaces for the user to select an image for viewing.
  • the user interface 51 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5A may be used to display multiple photo albums.
  • the user interface 51 may be provided by the "Gallery” application.
  • "Gallery” is an application program for displaying images installed on electronic devices such as smart phones, tablet computers, and the embodiment of the application does not limit the name of the application program.
  • the application can support displaying images stored on the local end of the electronic device or on a cloud server.
  • the user interface 51 may be a user interface opened by the user clicking on the gallery icon 214 in FIG. 2A.
  • the user interface 51 may include: a status bar 501, an application title bar, one or more album entries, a menu 504, and a navigation bar 505.
  • the status bar 501 can refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
  • the application title bar may include a current page indicator 502.
  • the current page indicator 502 may be used to indicate the current page, for example, the text information "album”. Not limited to text information, the current page indicator 502 may also be an icon.
  • Album entries can include: all photo album entries, all video album entries, camera album entries, screenshot catalog album entries, WeChat album entries, Weibo album entries, and one or more of the categories of the user’s emotional state when the image is acquired by the electronic device
  • the album entries are, for example, a happy album entry 503A, a romantic album entry 503B, an angry album entry 503C, and a sad album entry 503D.
  • the image under the happy album entry 503A is obtained when the user's emotional state is "happy”
  • the image under the romantic album entry 503A is obtained when the user's emotional state is “romantic”
  • the image under the angry album entry 503A The image is obtained when the user's emotional state is "angry”
  • the image under the sadness album entry 503A is obtained when the user's emotional state is "sorrow”.
  • Each album entry can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the electronic device to display the image under the corresponding album. In response to this operation, the electronic device can open a user interface for displaying the image under the corresponding album.
  • the user can enter an upward or downward swipe gesture on the album entry to view more album entries.
  • Each album entry can be used to monitor user operations (such as touch operations) that trigger the display of images under the corresponding album.
  • the electronic device may also display more or fewer album entries in the user interface 51, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the name of each album entry in the user interface 51 may be set independently by the user, or may be set by default by the electronic device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the menu 504 includes one or more related controls for processing the album, such as a control 504A, a control 504B, and a control 504C.
  • Control 504A can be used to monitor user operations that trigger the search for albums (such as touch operations)
  • control 504B can be used to monitor user operations that trigger new albums (such as touch operations)
  • control 504C can be used to monitor and trigger display more for processing albums User operations (such as touch operations).
  • the expression form of the related controls used to process the album may be an icon or text information.
  • the navigation bar 505 can refer to the navigation bar 205 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
  • the user interface 52 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5B can be used to display the images in the happy album.
  • the user interface 52 may be a user interface opened by the user clicking on the happy album entry 503A in FIG. 5A.
  • the user interface 52 may include: a status bar 506, an application title bar, and an image area 510.
  • the status bar 506 can refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
  • the application title bar may include: a return key 509, current page indicators 507 and 508.
  • the return key 509 is an APP-level return key, which can be used to return to the upper level of the menu.
  • the upper level page of the user interface 52 is the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 5A.
  • the current page indicators 507 and 508 can be used to indicate the current page. For example, the text information "album” and "happy” can be used to indicate that the current page is used to display images in the happy album. It is not limited to text information.
  • the current page indicators 507 and 508 can also be used. Is the icon.
  • One or more images may be displayed in the image area 510, and the images may include pictures or videos, such as pictures 510A, 510B, 510D-510H, 510J-510L and videos 510C, 510I.
  • the image displayed in the picture area 510 may be a thumbnail.
  • the original image corresponding to the thumbnail in the image area 510 may be stored on the electronic device, or may be stored on the cloud server.
  • prompt information may also be displayed on the image in the image area 510, and the prompt information may be used to remind the user that the image is associated with the user's emotional state or emotional elements.
  • the prompt information may be the icon 510M in FIG. 5B.
  • the image area 510 may further include a control 510N, and the control 510N may be used for the user to switch the images displayed in the image area 510, so that more images in the current album can be viewed.
  • the user can also make an upward or downward sliding gesture in the image area 510 to browse more images.
  • Each image in the image area 510 can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the display of the corresponding image.
  • the image 510E may receive an input user operation (such as a touch operation), and in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device may display a user interface 53 as shown in FIG. 5C.
  • the user interface 53 may include: a status bar 511, an application title bar, an image area 514, and one or more controls for processing images.
  • the status bar 511 can refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
  • the application title bar may include: a return key 512 and an image information indicator 513.
  • the return key 512 can be used to return to the upper level of the menu.
  • the upper level page of the user interface 53 is the user interface 52 as shown in FIG. 5B.
  • the image information indicator 513 can be used to indicate the location and time when the electronic device acquires the image.
  • the image information indicator 513 can be the text information "Shenzhen-Longgang District, February 9th, 9:00".
  • the image area 514 can be used to display an image selected by the user.
  • the image may be an original image stored on the local end of the electronic device or on a cloud server.
  • the control for processing the image can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the electronic device to perform corresponding processing on the image displayed in the image area 514.
  • the controls for processing images may include, for example, a control 515A, a control 515B, a control 515C, and a control 515D.
  • the control 515A can be used to monitor operations (such as touch operations) that trigger the electronic device to share the image displayed in the image area 514 to other user equipment (such as a smart phone) or a cloud server.
  • the electronic device can share the image to other user devices or cloud servers.
  • the electronic device may also share the image and the emotional state/emotional element stored in association with the image to other user devices or cloud servers.
  • the control 515B can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the image displayed in the collection image area 514 of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can store the image.
  • the electronic device may also collect the image and the emotional state/emotional element stored in association with the image.
  • the control 515C can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the electronic device to delete the image displayed in the image area 514.
  • the electronic device may delete the image.
  • the electronic device in response to the detected user operation, may also delete the image and the emotional state/emotional element stored in association with the image.
  • the electronic device can perform the deletion operation on the local end or the cloud server.
  • the control 515D can be used to monitor operations that trigger the electronic device to present emotional elements (such as touch operations).
  • the electronic device may present a corresponding emotional element, which is an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image, or, the emotional element is an emotion stored in association with the image element.
  • the electronic device may also present corresponding emotional elements when the user views the image through other interactive elements.
  • the electronic device may also present corresponding emotional elements when detecting an operation (such as a touch operation, a double-click operation, a long press operation, etc.) acting on the picture 510E as shown in FIG. 5B.
  • the electronic device When the electronic device stores the acquired image and the emotional state of the recognized user in association, the electronic device can learn the emotional state of the user stored in association with the image viewed by the current user, and find the emotional state on the local or cloud server One or more emotional elements corresponding to the state, and the one or more emotional elements are presented according to a certain presentation strategy when the user views the image.
  • the electronic device When the electronic device stores the acquired image and one or more emotional elements corresponding to the recognized emotional state of the user in association, the electronic device can present the one or more emotional elements according to a certain presentation strategy when the user views the image. Emotional elements.
  • the user interface 53 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 5D-5K may be several implementations for the electronic device to present the corresponding emotional element when the user views the image again after the image and the emotional state/emotional element are associated and stored.
  • the electronic device can present an emotional element when the user views the image.
  • the one emotional element is any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image or the default one of the electronic device, or the one emotional element is one or more emotions stored in association with the image Any one of the elements or the default one of the electronic device.
  • Figure 5D shows a way for an electronic device to display an emotional element.
  • an emotional element is displayed in the user interface 53, and the emotional element is an emoticon package 516A.
  • the emoticon package 516A is any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" stored in association with the picture 514 or the default one of the electronic device, or the emoticon package 516A is one or more stored in association with the picture 514 Any one of the emotional elements or the default one of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can present multiple emotional elements when the user views the image.
  • the multiple emotional elements are part or all of one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image, or the one emotional element is a part of one or more emotional elements stored in association with the image Or all.
  • Fig. 5E shows a way for an electronic device to display multiple emotional elements.
  • a plurality of emotional elements are displayed in the user interface 53, and the plurality of emotional elements include emoticons 516A, text bubbles 516B, text bubbles 516C, text information 516D, and high saturation of the image.
  • the emoticon package 516A, the text bubble 516B, the text bubble 516C, the text information 516D, and the high saturation of the image are part or all of one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" stored in association with the picture 514, Alternatively, the emoticon package 516A, the text bubble 516B, the text bubble 516C, and the text information 516D are part or all of one or more emotional elements stored in association with the picture 514.
  • the electronic device may also present other emotional elements.
  • the electronic device can also adjust the composition, light and shadow effects, saturation, hue, and color of the image in the viewfinder 305, and can also play background music through the speaker 170A to reflect the current emotional state of the user.
  • the user interface 53 shown in FIG. 5D or FIG. 5E may further include a control 517.
  • the control 517 can be used to monitor operations (such as touch operations) that trigger the electronic device to stop presenting emotional elements.
  • the electronic device may stop presenting all emotional elements.
  • the electronic device in response to the detected operation, the electronic device may jump to the user interface 52 as shown in FIG. 5C. This method can facilitate the user to switch the image area 514 with emotional elements and without emotional elements.
  • control 517 it is not limited to the aforementioned control 517, and other interactive elements may also be used for the user to switch between the image area 514 with emotional elements and without emotional elements.
  • the user can also make gestures such as long press, double-click, or draw a circle on the image area 514 shown in FIG. 5D or FIG. 5E to switch the image area 514 with and without emotion elements.
  • the electronic device can present one or more emotional elements according to user needs.
  • the one or more emotional elements are one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image, or the one or more emotional elements are one or more emotional elements stored in association with the image.
  • Figures 5F-5H show yet another way for an electronic device to present corresponding emotional elements.
  • a small window 518 is displayed in the user interface 53.
  • the small window 518 can be used for the user to select corresponding emotional elements for presentation.
  • the small window 518 may include icons 518A of emotional elements, text information "emotional elements" 518B, multiple emotional element options such as “original image” 518C, high saturation 518D, text bubble "Happy life! 518E, emoticon package 518F,
  • the text message "Singing in the daytime must indulge in wine, youth is a good company to return home" 518G, background music “Song "Today is a good day”” 518H, etc.
  • the icon 518A, the text information "emotional element” 518B, and multiple emotional element options 518C-518H can refer to the icon 311A in the small window 311 of FIGS. 3F-3H, the text information "emotional element” 311B, and multiple emotional element options. 311C-311H, not repeat them here.
  • the small window 518 may also include a control 518I and/or a control 518J.
  • control 518I and the control 518J please refer to the control 311I and the control 311J in the small window 311 in FIG. 3F-3H, which will not be repeated here.
  • the small window 518 may also include a control 518K and a control 518L.
  • a control 518K and a control 518L please refer to the control 311K and the control 311L in the small window 311 in FIGS. 3F to 3H, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device can simultaneously display images with and without emotional elements.
  • the emotional element may be one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image, or the emotional element is one or more emotional elements stored in association with the image.
  • the user interface 53 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 5I to 5K may be several ways for the electronic device to display images with and without emotion elements at the same time.
  • a picture 519 without emotional elements can be displayed floating above the picture 520 with emotional elements, that is, the picture 519 covers a part of the display area of the picture 520.
  • the picture 520 with emotional elements can be displayed floating on the picture 519 without emotional elements, that is, the picture 520 covers a part of the display area of the picture 519.
  • the picture 519 without emotional elements and the picture 520 with emotional elements may be displayed in different areas of the user interface 53 respectively.
  • the emotional element on the picture 520 with the emotional element in the user interface 53 shown in FIGS. 5I-5K may be one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the picture in the image area 514, or , Is one or more emotional elements stored in association with the picture in the image area 514.
  • the picture 520 with an emotional element in the user interface 53 shown in FIGS. 5I to 5K may further include prompt information for prompting the user that the picture 520 presents an emotional element.
  • the prompt information can be represented as an icon, text information, or other forms.
  • the user interface 53 shown in FIGS. 5I-5K may also receive user operations (such as touch operations, double-click operations, etc.), and in response to the user operations, the electronic device may change the display positions of the picture 519 and the picture 520 . This user operation can act on the picture 519 or the picture 520.
  • user operations such as touch operations, double-click operations, etc.
  • FIGS. 5I to 5K can enable users to conveniently compare and view images with and without emotion elements.
  • the user interface exemplarily shown in FIGS. 5D-5K can present emotional elements to the user, and reproduce the emotional state recognized by the electronic device when the picture is acquired, so that the user can have emotional resonance and improve the user experience.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device recognizes the scene in which the user wants to view the image, it can recognize the emotional state of the user in the current scene, and push a specific image to the user according to the emotional state with a certain push strategy.
  • the user interface exemplarily shown in FIGS. 6A-6B may be a way for the electronic device to recognize the user's emotional state and push a specific image to the user when the electronic device recognizes the scene in which the user wants to view the image.
  • the user interface 51 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6A may be used to display multiple photo albums.
  • the user interface 51 is the same as the user interface 51 shown in FIG. 5A, and reference may be made to related descriptions.
  • the electronic device displays the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 6A, the electronic device can confirm that the user is currently in the scene where the user wants to view the picture.
  • the prompt manner may include, but is not limited to, displaying prompt information, playing prompt sound, etc. on the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 6A.
  • the prompt information can be implemented as an icon, text, etc.
  • the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 6A may display an "emotion recognition” switch control, and the user can input an operation (such as a touch operation) on the "emotion recognition” switch control to turn on the "emotion recognition” switch control. Recognition”.
  • the user can also turn on "emotion recognition” in the manner shown in FIGS. 2A-2B.
  • the electronic device After the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, it can push a specific image to the user according to the emotional state with a certain push strategy.
  • the push strategy may include but is not limited to: 1. When the current user's emotional state is "sorrow”, push to the user the image obtained when the user's emotional state is "happy” or "romantic". Such a push strategy can eliminate users' bad emotions. 2. When the current user's emotional state is "calm”, push an image preset by the user or the electronic device to the user, for example, push an image acquired when the user's emotional state is "happy" or "happy”.
  • the user interface 61 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B may be a way when the electronic device pushes a specific image for the user.
  • the user interface 61 may include: a status bar 601, a return button, a current page indicator, and one or more album entries.
  • the status bar 601 can refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
  • the return key 604 is an APP-level return key, which can be used to return to the upper level of the menu.
  • the upper level page of the user interface 61 may be the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 6A.
  • the current page indicators 602 and 603 can be used to indicate the current page.
  • the text information "album” and "recommended” can be used to indicate that the current page is used to display recommended albums.
  • the current page indicators 602 and 603 may also be icons.
  • the album entries may include: one or more album entries recommended by the electronic device according to the current user's emotional state and classified according to the user's emotional state when the electronic device acquires the image, such as happy album entry 605A and romantic album entry 605B.
  • the happy album entry 605A and the romantic album entry 605B may refer to the happy album entry 503A and the romantic album entry 503B in the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 5A.
  • the happy album entry 605A and the romantic album entry 605B may receive a user operation (such as a touch operation), and in response to the user operation, the electronic device may display the image under the corresponding album.
  • a user operation such as a touch operation
  • the user interface used to display the images of a certain album may be called the second user interface
  • the images in the album may be called the third image
  • the third image may include the second image saved by the electronic device .
  • the exemplary implementation of the second user interface may be the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B
  • the exemplary implementation of the third image may include the pictures 510A, 510B, 510D-510H, and 510J in the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B.
  • -510L and videos 510C, 510I an exemplary implementation of the second image may be picture 510E.
  • the operation for viewing the second image may be referred to as the second operation
  • the user interface for displaying the second image displayed in response to the second operation may be referred to as the third user interface.
  • the emotional element presented in response to the second operation is called the second emotional element.
  • the second emotional element includes one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state stored in association with the second image, or the second emotional element includes the first emotional element.
  • An exemplary implementation of the second operation is an operation (for example, touch, double-click, or long-press, etc.) acting on the picture 510E in the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B.
  • An exemplary implementation of the third user interface may include the user interface 53 shown in FIGS. 5D-5K.
  • the exemplary implementation of the second emotional element may refer to the emotional element presented by the electronic device when displaying the user interface 53 shown in FIGS. 5D to 5K, and may refer to the related description of the foregoing embodiment.
  • the user interface for displaying one or more album entries is called the fourth user interface, and the one or more album entries include the first album entry; the user interface that will act on the first album entry
  • the operation for opening the second user interface is called the third operation; the entry corresponding to the photo album displayed on the second user interface is the first photo album entry.
  • An exemplary implementation of the fourth user interface may include a user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 5A.
  • An exemplary implementation of the first album entry may be the "happy" album entry 503A in FIG. 5A.
  • An exemplary implementation of the third operation may include an operation (for example, touch, long press operation) acting on the "happy" album entry 503A.
  • the user interface for displaying one or more album entries may be referred to as the fourth user interface, and the one or more album entries include the first album entry; it will be used to display according to the electronic device The preset recommendation strategy.
  • the user interface of the album entry determined in one or more album entries in the fourth user interface according to the recognized emotional state is called the fifth user interface, and the first album is displayed in the fifth user interface Entry; the operation to open the second user interface on the first album entry on the fifth interface is called the third operation; the entry corresponding to the album displayed on the second user interface is the first album entry.
  • An exemplary implementation of the fourth user interface may include a user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 6A.
  • An exemplary implementation of the fifth user interface may be the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6B.
  • An exemplary implementation of the first album entry may be the "happy" album entry 605A in FIG. 6B.
  • An exemplary implementation of the third operation may include an operation (for example, touch, long press operation) acting on the "happy" album entry 605A.
  • the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states are set by the electronic device by default and stored in the local end of the electronic device or the cloud server in advance, or are set by the cloud server by default and stored in the local end of the electronic device or the cloud server.
  • the electronic device can obtain the emotional element corresponding to a certain emotional state from the local end or the cloud server.
  • the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states are independently set by the user.
  • Figures 7A-7D exemplarily show an implementation manner in which the user interface can set the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states for the user.
  • the user interface 71 exemplarily shown in FIG. 7A may be an implementation of the "setting interface".
  • the user interface 71 may be provided by the "Settings” application.
  • the "settings” application is an application installed on electronic devices such as smart phones, tablet computers and the like for setting various functions of the electronic device, and the name of the application is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
  • the user interface 71 may be a user interface opened by the user clicking the setting icon 215 in FIG. 2A.
  • the user interface 71 may include: a status bar 701, a current page indicator 702, a search box 703, an icon 704, and one or more setting items.
  • the status bar 701 can refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
  • the current page indicator 702 may be used to indicate the current page, for example, the text information "settings" may be used to indicate that the current page is used to display one or more setting items. Not limited to text information, the current page indicator 702 may also be an icon.
  • the search box 703 can be used to monitor operations (such as touch operations) of searching for setting items through text.
  • the electronic device may display a text input box, so that the user displays the setting item that the user wants to search for in the input box.
  • the icon 704 can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) of searching a setting item by voice.
  • the electronic device may display a voice input interface, so that the user inputs voice in the voice input interface, thereby searching for setting items.
  • Setting items can include: login Huawei account settings, wireless and network settings, device connection settings, application and notification settings, battery settings, display settings, sound settings, emotion recognition settings 705, security and privacy settings Items, user and account settings, etc.
  • the expression form of each setting item may include icons and/or text, which is not limited in this application.
  • Each setting item can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the display of the setting content of the corresponding setting item, and in response to the operation, the electronic device can open a user interface for displaying the setting content of the corresponding setting item.
  • the electronic device may display a user interface 72 as shown in FIG. 7B.
  • the user interface 72 is used to display the corresponding content of the emotion recognition setting item.
  • the user interface 72 may include: a status bar, a return button 706, current page indicators 707 and 708, and an emotional state display area 709.
  • the return key 706 is an APP-level return key, which can be used to return to the upper level of the menu.
  • the upper level page of the user interface 72 may be the user interface 71 as shown in FIG. 7A.
  • the current page indicators 707 and 708 can be used to indicate the current page.
  • the text information "settings" and “emotion recognition” can be used to indicate that the current page is used to display the corresponding content of the emotion recognition setting items, and is not limited to text information.
  • the current page indicator 707 and 708 can also be an icon.
  • the emotional state display area 709 is used to display one or more emotional state options.
  • the one or more emotional state options may be set by default by the electronic device, for example, may be set by default when the electronic device is shipped from the factory, or may be an emotion that matches the personality of the user obtained by analysis of the electronic device. Options corresponding to the status.
  • the one or more emotional state options may be independently set by the user.
  • the one or more emotional state options include: a "happy" option 709A, a "romantic” option 709D, and a "sorrowful” option 709G.
  • the expression form of the one or more emotional state options may be text information (for example, the text information "happy") or an icon, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the area 709 may also include the delete control corresponding to each emotional state option, such as the delete control 709B corresponding to the "happy" option 709A, the delete control 709E corresponding to the "romance” option 709D, and the "sorrowful” option 709A.
  • the corresponding delete control 709B The delete control can monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) used to delete the corresponding emotional state option, and in response to the operation, the electronic device can delete the corresponding emotional state option.
  • the expression form of the delete control can be text information (for example, the text information "Delete") or an icon, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the user interface 72 may also include a control 710.
  • the control 710 can monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) for adding an emotional state option.
  • the electronic device can display an interface for adding an emotional state option, and the user can select or customize the emotion to be added on the interface. Status options. After the user adds an emotional state option, the emotional state option can be added to the area 709 in the user interface 72.
  • the expression form of the control 710 may be text information or an icon, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the area 709 may also include controls for setting the emotional element corresponding to each emotional state option, such as the setting control 709C corresponding to the "happy" option 709A, the setting control 709F corresponding to the "romance” option 709D, and the "sorrow” option 709A corresponding
  • the settings control 709I may be text information (for example, the text information "set emotion element") or an icon, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the setting control can monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) used to set the corresponding emotional element, and in response to the operation, the electronic device can open a user interface for setting the corresponding emotional element.
  • the electronic device may display a user interface 73 as shown in FIG. 7C.
  • the user interface 73 is used to display the emotional element setting items corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
  • the user interface 73 may include: a status bar, a return button 711, current page indicators 712 and 713, and one or more emotional element classification options.
  • the return key 706 is an APP-level return key, which can be used to return to the upper level of the menu.
  • the upper level page of the user interface 73 may be the user interface 72 as shown in FIG. 7B.
  • the current page indicators 712 and 713 can be used to indicate the current page.
  • the text information "set emotional element” and “happy” can be used to indicate that the current page is used to display the emotional element setting items corresponding to the emotional state "happy". It is not limited to text information.
  • the page indicators 712 and 713 may also be icons.
  • the emotional element classification options may include: light and shadow options 714A, composition options 714B, color options 714C, picture options 714D, text options 714E, and background music options 714F. It is not limited to the emotional element classification options shown in FIG. 7C, and may also include more or less or other emotional element classification options, such as saturation options, hue options, etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Each emotional element classification option can monitor the operation (such as touch operation) used to open the user interface for setting the emotional element of the corresponding category, and the user interface can be used for the user to select or customize one or more corresponding emotional elements.
  • the electronic device may open a user interface for setting the light and shadow effect corresponding to the emotional state "happy”; in response to the operation detected on the composition option 714B (Such as touch operation), the electronic device can open the user interface for setting the composition effect corresponding to the emotional state "happy”; the operation (such as touch operation) detected on the color option 714C, the electronic device can be opened to set the emotional state The user interface of the color effect corresponding to "happy”; the operation (such as touch operation) detected on the picture option 714D, the electronic device can open the user interface for setting the picture corresponding to the emotional state "happy”; on the text option 714E For detected operations (such as touch operations), the electronic device can
  • FIG. 7D shows the user interface 74 opened by the electronic device for setting the color corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
  • the user interface 74 may include: a status bar, a return key 716, current page indicators 717 and 718, and one or more color options.
  • the return key 716 is an APP-level return key, which can be used to return to the upper level of the menu.
  • the upper level page of the user interface 74 may be the user interface 73 as shown in FIG. 7C.
  • the current page indicators 717 and 718 can be used to indicate the current page.
  • the text information "set emotional element” and “color” can be used to indicate the current page is used to set emotional elements of the category "color”. It is not limited to text information.
  • the current page indicates Symbols 717 and 718 can also be icons.
  • Color options can include: Vivid 719, Gray 720, Dim 721, Normal 722. It is not limited to the several color options as shown in FIG. 7D, and may also include more or less or other color options, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Each color option can receive a user operation (such as a touch operation), and in response to the user operation, the electronic device can set the color corresponding to the color option as an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
  • prompt information may be displayed on the user interface 74 to prompt the user that the emotional element is set as an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
  • the prompt information may be, for example, an icon 723 as shown in FIG. 7D, and the icon 723 may prompt the user that the color "bright" is set as an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
  • the user can also set other types of emotional elements on other user interfaces similar to the user interface 74.
  • the emotional elements set by the user can be stored in the local end of the electronic device, or can be stored in the cloud server.
  • the user can select background music on the local end of the electronic device, or select background music on the cloud server, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk).

Abstract

Disclosed are a method for recording a user emotion, and a related apparatus. In the method for recording a user emotion, an electronic device can recognize an emotional state of a user when previewing an image in a photographing scenario, and associatively store a photographed image and the recognized emotional state of the user when photographing an image, or associatively store the photographed image and an emotion element corresponding to the recognized emotional state of the user when photographing the image. In this way, a user emotion can be recorded, focus is on the user emotion and the usage experience of a user is improved.

Description

记录用户情感的方法及相关装置Method and related device for recording user emotion
本申请要求在2019年3月28日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201910245272.0、发明名称为“记录用户情感的方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China, the application number is 201910245272.0, and the invention title is "Methods and Related Devices for Recording User Emotions" on March 28, 2019, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及情感识别及图像处理技术领域,特别涉及记录用户情感的方法及相关装置。This application relates to the technical field of emotion recognition and image processing, and particularly relates to methods and related devices for recording user emotions.
背景技术Background technique
随着终端性能的提升,大部分终端(例如手机)都具有拍摄功能。用户在使用终端拍摄图像时,终端仅记录物体成像的视觉效果,缺少对拍摄者情感的关注。With the improvement of terminal performance, most terminals (such as mobile phones) have shooting functions. When a user uses a terminal to take an image, the terminal only records the visual effect of the object imaging, and lacks attention to the emotion of the photographer.
具体的,用户使用终端拍摄图像时,影响用户情感的因素有很多种,例如当前拍摄的题材、拍摄时的氛围、用户最近的心情等。用户在拍摄不同图像时的情感可能不同。目前,拍摄图像之后,用户后续查看该图像时,从该图像上无法感知到自己在拍摄该图像时的情感,即目前终端记录图像的方式无法很好地呈现拍摄者的情感。Specifically, when a user uses a terminal to capture images, there are many factors that affect the user's emotions, such as the subject matter of the current shooting, the atmosphere at the time of shooting, and the user's recent mood. Users may have different emotions when shooting different images. At present, after the image is taken, when the user subsequently views the image, he cannot perceive his emotion when the image was taken from the image, that is, the current way the terminal records the image cannot well present the emotion of the photographer.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了记录用户情感的方法及相关装置,电子设备可以获取用户当前的情感状态,并关联存储用户查看的图像和用户当前的情感状态。This application provides a method and related devices for recording user emotions. Electronic equipment can obtain the user's current emotional state, and store the image viewed by the user in association with the user's current emotional state.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种记录用户情感的方法,该方法包括:电子设备显示第一用户界面,该第一用户界面中显示有第一图像;该电子设备识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态;响应于检测到的第一操作,关联存储第二图像以及该第一情感状态,或者,关联存储该第二图像和第一情感元素;该第一情感元素包括和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,该第一情感元素反映该第一情感状态;该第二图像和该第一图像相同。In the first aspect, the present application provides a method for recording user emotions. The method includes: an electronic device displays a first user interface, and the first user interface displays a first image; the electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the first user interface. An emotional state; in response to the detected first operation, the second image and the first emotional state are associated and stored, or the second image and the first emotional element are associated and stored; the first emotional element includes the first emotion One or more emotional elements corresponding to the state, the first emotional element reflects the first emotional state; the second image is the same as the first image.
第一方面的方法可应用于拍摄场景。在拍摄场景下,该第一用户界面可以为电子设备上安装的相机应用提供的用户界面,第一图像可以为电子设备的摄像头获取到的预览图像,第二图像可以为拍摄图像。在用户预览图像和拍摄图像同时进行时,用户在取景框中查看到的预览图像和最终的拍摄图像是相同的,即第一图像和第二图像相同。The method of the first aspect can be applied to shooting scenes. In a shooting scenario, the first user interface may be a user interface provided by a camera application installed on an electronic device, the first image may be a preview image obtained by a camera of the electronic device, and the second image may be a captured image. When the user previews the image and the captured image at the same time, the preview image and the final captured image viewed by the user in the viewfinder are the same, that is, the first image and the second image are the same.
第一方面的方法还可应用于查看图片的场景。在查看图片的场景下,该图片可以来自服务器,也可以来自电子设备本地端。The method of the first aspect can also be applied to the scene of viewing pictures. In the scenario of viewing a picture, the picture can come from the server or the local end of the electronic device.
实施第一方面的方法,电子设备可以在拍摄场景或者查看图片的场景下识别用户的情感状态,并根据用户需要关联存储拍摄/查看的图像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态,或者,根据用户需要关联存储拍摄/查看的图像和与用户当前的情感状态相对应的情感元素。Implementing the method of the first aspect, the electronic device can recognize the emotional state of the user in the scene of shooting or viewing the picture, and store the captured/viewed image and the current emotional state of the recognized user according to the user’s needs, or according to the user It is necessary to store the captured/viewed image and the emotional element corresponding to the current emotional state of the user in association.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种记录用户情感的方法,该方法包括:电子设备显示第一用户界面,该第一用户界面中显示有第一图像;该电子设备识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态;响应于检测到的第一操作,关联存储第二图像以及该第一情感状态,或者,关联存储该第二图像和第一情感元素;该第一情感元素包括和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素, 该第一情感元素反映该第一情感状态;该第一图像为拍摄前的预览图像,该第二图像为拍摄的图像。In a second aspect, the present application provides a method for recording user emotions. The method includes: an electronic device displays a first user interface, and the first user interface displays a first image; the electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the first user interface. An emotional state; in response to the detected first operation, the second image and the first emotional state are associated and stored, or the second image and the first emotional element are associated and stored; the first emotional element includes the first emotion One or more emotional elements corresponding to the state, the first emotional element reflects the first emotional state; the first image is a preview image before shooting, and the second image is a captured image.
第二方面的方法可应用于拍摄场景。在拍摄场景下,该第一用户界面可以为电子设备上安装的相机应用提供的用户界面,第一图像可以为电子设备的摄像头获取到的预览图像,第二图像可以为拍摄图像。由于用户预览图像和拍摄图像可能并不是同时进行,因此,用户在取景框中查看到的预览图像和最终的拍摄图像可能相同,也可能不同。The method of the second aspect can be applied to shooting scenes. In a shooting scenario, the first user interface may be a user interface provided by a camera application installed on an electronic device, the first image may be a preview image obtained by a camera of the electronic device, and the second image may be a captured image. Since the user preview image and the captured image may not be performed at the same time, the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder and the final captured image may be the same or different.
实施第二方面的方法,电子设备可以在拍摄场景下识别用户的情感状态,并根据用户需要关联存储拍摄图像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态,或者,根据用户需要关联存储拍摄图像和与用户当前的情感状态相对应的情感元素。By implementing the method of the second aspect, the electronic device can recognize the user's emotional state in the shooting scene, and store the captured image and the recognized user's current emotional state according to the user's needs, or store the captured image and the user's current emotional state according to the user's needs. The emotional element corresponding to the current emotional state.
结合第一方面或第二方面的方法,用户的情感状态是指用户的心情、情绪或精神状态等,例如平静、生气、厌恶、忧伤、愉悦、浪漫、开心和畏惧等。不限于上述提及的几种情感状态,本申请具体实现中,还可以有其他的情感状态,例如喜、怒、哀、乐等,本申请对此不作限制。Combining the methods of the first aspect or the second aspect, the user's emotional state refers to the user's mood, emotion, or mental state, such as calm, angry, disgusted, sad, happy, romantic, happy, and fearful. It is not limited to the several emotional states mentioned above. In the specific implementation of this application, there may also be other emotional states, such as joy, anger, sadness, happiness, etc., which are not limited by this application.
结合第一方面或第二方面的方法,和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素包括:文本信息、图片、音乐、图像的构图、图像的光影效果、图像的饱和度、图像的色调或图像的色彩。Combining the method of the first aspect or the second aspect, one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state include: text information, pictures, music, image composition, image light and shadow effects, image saturation, image The tone or color of the image.
结合第一方面或第二方面的方法,在一些实施例中,第一用户界面包括第一交互元素,该第一交互元素用于监听保存该第二图像的操作;该第一操作包括该电子设备检测到的作用于该第一交互元素的操作。在拍摄场景下,该第一交互元素可以是相机应用提供的用户界面中的拍摄控件。In combination with the method of the first aspect or the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first user interface includes a first interactive element, the first interactive element is used to monitor the operation of saving the second image; the first operation includes the electronic The operation detected by the device that acts on the first interactive element. In a shooting scene, the first interactive element may be a shooting control in the user interface provided by the camera application.
结合第一方面或第二方面的方法,在一些实施例中,该电子设备可以将该第一图像以及该第一情感状态关联存储于本地端或者云端服务器,或者,该电子设备将该第一图像和该第一情感元素关联存储于本地端或者云端服务器。In combination with the method of the first aspect or the second aspect, in some embodiments, the electronic device may store the first image and the first emotional state in a local terminal or a cloud server, or the electronic device may associate the first image with the first emotional state. The image and the first emotional element are stored in a local terminal or a cloud server in association with each other.
结合第一方面或第二方面的方法,在一些实施例中,电子设备可以根据识别到的用户情感状态,分区域存储第二图像。例如,当识别到的第一情感状态为“开心”时,电子设备可以将第二图像以及该情感状态“开心”关联存储到第一区域;当识别到的第一情感状态为“浪漫”时,电子设备可以将第二图像以及该情感状态“开心”关联存储到第二区域;当识别到的第一情感状态为“开心”时,电子设备可以将第二图像以及该情感状态“平静”关联存储到第三区域。In combination with the method of the first aspect or the second aspect, in some embodiments, the electronic device may store the second image in regions according to the recognized emotional state of the user. For example, when the recognized first emotional state is "happy", the electronic device may store the second image and the emotional state "happy" in the first area; when the recognized first emotional state is "romance" , The electronic device can store the second image and the emotional state "happy" in the second area in association; when the recognized first emotional state is "happy", the electronic device can "calm" the second image and the emotional state The association is stored in the third area.
结合第一方面或第二方面的方法,在一些实施例中,电子设备还可以根据用户需要再现用户情感。具体的,电子设备关联存储该第二图像以及该第一情感状态之后,或者,该电子设备关联存储该第二图像和第一情感元素之后,该方法还可包括:该电子设备显示第二用户界面,该第二用户界面中显示有一个或多个第三图像,该第三图像包括该第二图像;响应于检测到的对该第二用户界面中的第二图像进行查看的第二操作,该电子设备显示第三用户界面,并且,该电子设备呈现第二情感元素;该第三用户界面包括该第二图像;该第二情感元素包括和该第二图像关联存储的第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,或者,该第二情感元素包括该第一情感元素。In combination with the method of the first aspect or the second aspect, in some embodiments, the electronic device can also reproduce user emotions according to user needs. Specifically, after the electronic device stores the second image and the first emotional state in association, or after the electronic device stores the second image and the first emotional element in association, the method may further include: the electronic device displays the second user Interface, one or more third images are displayed in the second user interface, and the third image includes the second image; in response to the second operation of viewing the second image in the second user interface detected , The electronic device displays a third user interface, and the electronic device presents a second emotional element; the third user interface includes the second image; the second emotional element includes the first emotional state stored in association with the second image One or more corresponding emotional elements, or the second emotional element includes the first emotional element.
这里,电子设备显示第三用户界面时,呈现的第二情感元素可以为和该第二图像关联存储的情感状态对应的一个或多个情感元素中的任意一个或者电子设备默认的一个,或者,该第二情感元素可以为和该第二图像关联存储的一个或多个情感元素中的任意一个或者电子设 备默认的一个。Here, when the electronic device displays the third user interface, the presented second emotional element may be any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the second image or the default one of the electronic device, or, The second emotional element may be any one of one or more emotional elements stored in association with the second image or a default one of the electronic device.
通过该实施例提供的再现用户情感的方法,电子设备在记录用户的情感后,可以在需要时重现用户情感的目的,使得用户产生情感上的共鸣,提升用户的使用体验。Through the method for reproducing user emotions provided in this embodiment, after recording the user's emotions, the electronic device can reproduce the user's emotions when needed, so that the user can resonate emotionally and improve the user experience.
电子设备可以在以下两种情况下显示第二用户界面,即电子设备显示第二用户界面之前,该方法还包括以下两项中的任意一项:The electronic device can display the second user interface in the following two situations, that is, before the electronic device displays the second user interface, the method further includes any one of the following two:
1.在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备可以显示第四用户界面,该第四用户界面中显示有一个或多个相册条目,该一个或多个相册条目包括第一相册条目,该第一相册条目对应于该第一情感状态;该第一相册条目对应的相册中包括用户处于该第一情感状态时该电子设备保存的图像;响应于检测到的作用于该第一相册条目的第三操作,该电子设备显示该第二用户界面。1. In a possible implementation manner, the electronic device may display a fourth user interface, in which one or more album entries are displayed, the one or more album entries include the first album entry, and the first album entry An album entry corresponds to the first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes the image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state; in response to the detected first album entry that acts on the first emotional state In the third operation, the electronic device displays the second user interface.
2.在另一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备可以显示第四用户界面,该第四用户界面中显示有一个或多个相册条目,该一个或多个相册条目包括第一相册条目,该第一相册条目对应于该第一情感状态;该第一相册条目对应的相册中包括用户处于该第一情感状态时该电子设备保存的图像;该电子设备识别到用户当前处于的第二情感状态,并显示第五用户界面;该第五用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目是由该电子设备按照预设的推荐策略,根据该第二情感状态在该第四用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目中确定的;该第五用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目包括该第一相册条目;响应于检测到的作用于该第五用户界面中的第一相册条目的第三操作,该电子设备显示该第二用户界面。2. In another possible implementation manner, the electronic device may display a fourth user interface in which one or more album entries are displayed, the one or more album entries include the first album entry, and the The first album entry corresponds to the first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes the image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state; the electronic device recognizes the second emotional state that the user is currently in , And display the fifth user interface; the one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface are those displayed on the fourth user interface by the electronic device according to a preset recommendation strategy and according to the second emotional state Or multiple album entries; one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface include the first album entry; in response to the detection of the first album entry acting on the fifth user interface In the third operation, the electronic device displays the second user interface.
这里,预设的推荐策略可包括:1.在当前用户的情感状态为“忧伤”时,为用户推送用户的情感状态为“高兴”或“浪漫”时所获取到的图像。这样的推送策略可以消除用户的不良情绪。2.在当前用户的情感状态为“平静”时,为用户推送用户或电子设备预先设定的图像,例如推送用户的情感状态为“愉悦”或“开心”时所获取到的图像。Here, the preset recommendation strategy may include: 1. When the current user's emotional state is "sorrow", push to the user the image obtained when the user's emotional state is "happy" or "romantic". Such a push strategy can eliminate users' bad emotions. 2. When the current user's emotional state is "calm", push an image preset by the user or the electronic device to the user, for example, push an image acquired when the user's emotional state is "happy" or "happy".
结合上述任意一种可能的实现方式,第四用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目包括:分别对应于不同的情感状态的一个或多个相册条目。With reference to any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, the one or more album entries displayed in the fourth user interface include: one or more album entries respectively corresponding to different emotional states.
结合第一方面或第二方面的方法,在一些实施例中,电子设备可以在保存第二图像之前,为用户呈现和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素,使得用户可以在保存第二图像之前预览和第一情感状态对应的情感元素。具体的,电子设备在识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态之后,检测到该第一操作之前,该方法还可包括:该电子设备呈现和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素。这里,电子设备呈现的和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,是用户选择的,或者,是该电子设备默认选择的,或者,是该电子设备随机选择的。在一些实施例中,和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,由该电子设备默认设置,或者,由用户自主设置。In combination with the method of the first aspect or the second aspect, in some embodiments, the electronic device may present the user with emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state before saving the second image, so that the user can save the second image Preview the emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state. Specifically, after the electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the first emotional state, before detecting the first operation, the method may further include: the electronic device presents one or more emotions corresponding to the first emotional state element. Here, one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state presented by the electronic device are selected by the user, or selected by the electronic device by default, or randomly selected by the electronic device. In some embodiments, one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state are set by the electronic device by default, or set independently by the user.
结合第一方面或第二方面的方法,在一些实施例中,电子设备识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态之前,该方法还包括:该电子设备检测到用于开启情感识别服务的第四操作,响应于该第四操作,识别用户当前处在的情感状态;该情感识别服务用于该电子设备通过配置的硬件装置或者通过启动连接到该电子设备的其他设备的硬件装置采集用户的行为数据,根据用户的行为数据来识别用户当前处在的情感状态。In combination with the method of the first aspect or the second aspect, in some embodiments, before the electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the first emotional state, the method further includes: the electronic device detects that the fourth aspect is used to activate the emotional recognition service. Operation, in response to the fourth operation, identify the current emotional state of the user; the emotional recognition service is used for the electronic device to collect the user's behavior through the configured hardware device or by starting the hardware device of other devices connected to the electronic device Data, according to the user's behavior data to identify the user's current emotional state.
在一些实施例中,第四操作包括该电子设备检测到的作用于该第一用户界面中的第二交互元素的操作,该第二交互元素用于监听开启该情感识别服务的操作。In some embodiments, the fourth operation includes an operation detected by the electronic device that acts on a second interaction element in the first user interface, and the second interaction element is used to monitor the operation of starting the emotion recognition service.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种电子设备,该电子设备包括一个或多个处理器、存储器和 显示屏;该存储器与该一个或多个处理器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,该一个或多个处理器调用该计算机指令以使得该电子设备执行:In a third aspect, the present application provides an electronic device that includes one or more processors, a memory, and a display screen; the memory is coupled with the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program codes, The computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
在该显示屏上显示第一用户界面,该第一用户界面中显示有第一图像;识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态;响应于检测到的第一操作,关联存储第二图像以及该第一情感状态,或者,关联存储该第二图像和第一情感元素;该第一情感元素包括和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,该第一情感元素反映该第一情感状态;该第二图像和该第一图像相同。A first user interface is displayed on the display screen, and the first image is displayed in the first user interface; it is recognized that the user is currently in the first emotional state; in response to the detected first operation, the second image and the The first emotional state, or the second image and the first emotional element are stored in association; the first emotional element includes one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state, and the first emotional element reflects the first emotional element. Emotional state; the second image is the same as the first image.
第三方面的电子设备可应用于拍摄场景。在拍摄场景下,该第一用户界面可以为电子设备上安装的相机应用提供的用户界面,第一图像可以为电子设备的摄像头获取到的预览图像,第二图像可以为拍摄图像。在用户预览图像和拍摄图像同时进行时,用户在取景框中查看到的预览图像和最终的拍摄图像是相同的,即第一图像和第二图像相同。The electronic device of the third aspect can be applied to shooting scenes. In a shooting scenario, the first user interface may be a user interface provided by a camera application installed on an electronic device, the first image may be a preview image obtained by a camera of the electronic device, and the second image may be a captured image. When the user previews the image and the captured image at the same time, the preview image and the final captured image viewed by the user in the viewfinder are the same, that is, the first image and the second image are the same.
第三方面的电子设备还可应用于查看图片的场景。在查看图片的场景下,该图片可以来自服务器,也可以来自电子设备本地端。The electronic device of the third aspect can also be applied to the scene of viewing pictures. In the scenario of viewing a picture, the picture can come from the server or the local end of the electronic device.
第三方面的电子设备可以在拍摄场景或者查看图片的场景下识别用户的情感状态,并根据用户需要关联存储拍摄/查看的图像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态,或者,根据用户需要关联存储拍摄/查看的图像和与用户当前的情感状态相对应的情感元素。The electronic device of the third aspect can recognize the emotional state of the user in the scene of shooting or viewing the picture, and store the captured/viewed image and the current emotional state of the recognized user according to the user's needs, or store the associated storage according to the user's needs The images taken/viewed and the emotional elements corresponding to the current emotional state of the user.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种电子设备,该电子设备包括一个或多个处理器、存储器和显示屏;该存储器与该一个或多个处理器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,该一个或多个处理器调用该计算机指令以使得该电子设备执行:In a fourth aspect, the present application provides an electronic device that includes one or more processors, a memory, and a display screen; the memory is coupled with the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program codes, The computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
在该显示屏上显示第一用户界面,该第一用户界面中显示有第一图像;识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态;响应于检测到的第一操作,关联存储第二图像以及该第一情感状态,或者,关联存储该第二图像和第一情感元素;该第一情感元素包括和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,该第一情感元素反映该第一情感状态;第一图像为拍摄前的预览图像,该第二图像为拍摄的图像。A first user interface is displayed on the display screen, and the first image is displayed in the first user interface; it is recognized that the user is currently in the first emotional state; in response to the detected first operation, the second image and the The first emotional state, or the second image and the first emotional element are stored in association; the first emotional element includes one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state, and the first emotional element reflects the first emotional element. Emotional state; the first image is a preview image before shooting, and the second image is a captured image.
第四方面的电子设备可应用于拍摄场景。在拍摄场景下,该第一用户界面可以为电子设备上安装的相机应用提供的用户界面,第一图像可以为电子设备的摄像头获取到的预览图像,第二图像可以为拍摄图像。由于用户预览图像和拍摄图像可能并不是同时进行,因此,用户在取景框中查看到的预览图像和最终的拍摄图像可能相同,也可能不同。The electronic device of the fourth aspect can be applied to shooting scenes. In a shooting scenario, the first user interface may be a user interface provided by a camera application installed on an electronic device, the first image may be a preview image obtained by a camera of the electronic device, and the second image may be a captured image. Since the user preview image and the captured image may not be performed at the same time, the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder and the final captured image may be the same or different.
第四方面的电子设备可以在拍摄场景下识别用户的情感状态,并根据用户需要关联存储拍摄图像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态,或者,根据用户需要关联存储拍摄图像和与用户当前的情感状态相对应的情感元素。The electronic device of the fourth aspect can recognize the emotional state of the user in the shooting scene, and store the captured image and the recognized current emotional state of the user according to the user's needs, or store the captured image and the current emotional state of the user according to the user's needs. The emotional element corresponding to the state.
结合第三方面或第四方面的电子设备,用户的情感状态是指用户的心情、情绪或精神状态等,例如平静、生气、厌恶、忧伤、愉悦、浪漫、开心和畏惧等。不限于上述提及的几种情感状态,本申请具体实现中,还可以有其他的情感状态,例如喜、怒、哀、乐等,本申请对此不作限制。In combination with the third or fourth aspect of the electronic device, the user's emotional state refers to the user's mood, mood, or mental state, such as calm, anger, disgust, sadness, joy, romance, happiness, and fear. It is not limited to the several emotional states mentioned above. In the specific implementation of this application, there may also be other emotional states, such as joy, anger, sadness, happiness, etc., which are not limited by this application.
结合第三方面或第四方面的电子设备,和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素包括:文本信息、图片、音乐、图像的构图、图像的光影效果、图像的饱和度、图像的色调或图像的色彩。In combination with the electronic device of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state include: text information, pictures, music, image composition, image light and shadow effects, image saturation, The hue of the image or the color of the image.
结合第三方面或第四方面的电子设备,在一些实施例中,第一用户界面包括第一交互元素,该第一交互元素用于监听保存该第二图像的操作;该第一操作包括该电子设备检测到的作用于该第一交互元素的操作。在拍摄场景下,该第一交互元素可以是相机应用提供的用户 界面中的拍摄控件。With reference to the electronic device of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in some embodiments, the first user interface includes a first interactive element, and the first interactive element is used to monitor the operation of saving the second image; the first operation includes the The operation detected by the electronic device acting on the first interactive element. In a shooting scene, the first interactive element may be a shooting control in the user interface provided by the camera application.
结合第三方面或第四方面的电子设备,在一些实施例中,电子设备可以将该第一图像以及该第一情感状态关联存储于本地端或者云端服务器,或者,该电子设备将该第一图像和该第一情感元素关联存储于本地端或者云端服务器。In combination with the electronic device of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in some embodiments, the electronic device may store the first image and the first emotional state in a local or cloud server, or the electronic device may associate the first image with the first emotional state. The image and the first emotional element are stored in a local terminal or a cloud server in association with each other.
结合第三方面或第四方面的电子设备,在一些实施例中,电子设备可以根据识别到的用户情感状态,分区域存储第二图像。例如,当识别到的第一情感状态为“开心”时,电子设备可以将第二图像以及该情感状态“开心”关联存储到第一区域;当识别到的第一情感状态为“浪漫”时,电子设备可以将第二图像以及该情感状态“开心”关联存储到第二区域;当识别到的第一情感状态为“开心”时,电子设备可以将第二图像以及该情感状态“平静”关联存储到第三区域。In combination with the electronic device of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in some embodiments, the electronic device may store the second image in regions according to the recognized emotional state of the user. For example, when the recognized first emotional state is "happy", the electronic device may store the second image and the emotional state "happy" in the first area; when the recognized first emotional state is "romance" , The electronic device can store the second image and the emotional state "happy" in the second area in association; when the recognized first emotional state is "happy", the electronic device can "calm" the second image and the emotional state The association is stored in the third area.
结合第三方面或第四方面的电子设备,在一些实施例中,电子设备还可以根据用户需要再现用户情感。具体的,该一个或多个处理器还用于调用该计算机指令以使得该电子设备执行:In combination with the electronic device of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in some embodiments, the electronic device can also reproduce user emotions according to user needs. Specifically, the one or more processors are also used to call the computer instructions to make the electronic device execute:
关联存储该第二图像以及该第一情感状态之后,或者,关联存储该第二图像和第一情感元素之后,在该显示屏上显示第二用户界面,该第二用户界面中显示有一个或多个第三图像,该第三图像包括该第二图像;After the second image and the first emotional state are associated and stored, or after the second image and the first emotional element are associated and stored, a second user interface is displayed on the display screen, and the second user interface displays one or A plurality of third images, the third image includes the second image;
响应于检测到的对该第二用户界面中的第二图像进行查看的第二操作,在该显示屏上显示第三用户界面,并且,呈现第二情感元素;该第三用户界面包括该第二图像;该第二情感元素包括和该第二图像关联存储的第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,或者,该第二情感元素包括该第一情感元素。In response to the detected second operation of viewing the second image in the second user interface, a third user interface is displayed on the display screen, and a second emotional element is presented; the third user interface includes the first Two images; the second emotional element includes one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state stored in association with the second image, or the second emotional element includes the first emotional element.
这里,电子设备显示第三用户界面时,呈现的第二情感元素可以为和该第二图像关联存储的情感状态对应的一个或多个情感元素中的任意一个或者电子设备默认的一个,或者,该第二情感元素可以为和该第二图像关联存储的一个或多个情感元素中的任意一个或者电子设备默认的一个。Here, when the electronic device displays the third user interface, the presented second emotional element may be any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the second image or the default one of the electronic device, or, The second emotional element may be any one of one or more emotional elements stored in association with the second image or a default one of the electronic device.
通过该实施例提供的再现用户情感的方法,电子设备在记录用户的情感后,可以在需要时重现用户情感的目的,使得用户产生情感上的共鸣,提升用户的使用体验。Through the method for reproducing user emotions provided in this embodiment, after recording the user's emotions, the electronic device can reproduce the user's emotions when needed, so that the user can resonate emotionally and improve the user experience.
电子设备可以在以下两种情况下显示第二用户界面,即该一个或多个处理器还用于调用该计算机指令以使得该电子设备执行以下任意一项:The electronic device can display the second user interface in the following two situations, that is, the one or more processors are also used to call the computer instructions to make the electronic device perform any of the following:
1.在该显示屏上显示第二用户界面之前,在该显示屏上显示第四用户界面,该第四用户界面中显示有一个或多个相册条目,该一个或多个相册条目包括第一相册条目,该第一相册条目对应于该第一情感状态;该第一相册条目对应的相册中包括用户处于该第一情感状态时该电子设备保存的图像;响应于检测到的作用于该第一相册条目的第三操作,在该显示屏上显示该第二用户界面。1. Before the second user interface is displayed on the display screen, a fourth user interface is displayed on the display screen, and one or more album entries are displayed on the fourth user interface, and the one or more album entries include the first An album entry, the first album entry corresponds to the first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes the image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state; in response to the detected effect on the first emotional state; The third operation of an album entry displays the second user interface on the display screen.
2.在该显示屏上显示第二用户界面之前,在该显示屏上显示第四用户界面,该第四用户界面中显示有一个或多个相册条目,该一个或多个相册条目包括第一相册条目,该第一相册条目对应于该第一情感状态;该第一相册条目对应的相册中包括用户处于该第一情感状态时该电子设备保存的图像;识别到用户当前处于的第二情感状态,并在该显示屏上显示第五用户界面;该第五用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目是由该电子设备按照预设的推荐策略,根据该第二情感状态在该第四用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目中确定的;该第五用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目包括该第一相册条目;响应于检测到的作用于该第五用户 界面中的第一相册条目的第三操作,该电子设备显示该第二用户界面。2. Before the second user interface is displayed on the display screen, a fourth user interface is displayed on the display screen, and one or more album entries are displayed on the fourth user interface, and the one or more album entries include the first An album entry, the first album entry corresponds to the first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes the image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state; the second emotion that the user is currently in is recognized State, and display the fifth user interface on the display screen; the one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface are determined by the electronic device in accordance with a preset recommendation strategy and based on the second emotional state in the fourth The one or more album entries displayed in the user interface are determined; the one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface include the first album entry; in response to the detected effect on the fifth user interface In the third operation of the first album entry, the electronic device displays the second user interface.
这里,预设的推荐策略可包括:1.在当前用户的情感状态为“忧伤”时,为用户推送用户的情感状态为“高兴”或“浪漫”时所获取到的图像。这样的推送策略可以消除用户的不良情绪。2.在当前用户的情感状态为“平静”时,为用户推送用户或电子设备预先设定的图像,例如推送用户的情感状态为“愉悦”或“开心”时所获取到的图像。Here, the preset recommendation strategy may include: 1. When the current user's emotional state is "sorrow", push to the user the image obtained when the user's emotional state is "happy" or "romantic". Such a push strategy can eliminate users' bad emotions. 2. When the current user's emotional state is "calm", push an image preset by the user or the electronic device to the user, for example, push an image acquired when the user's emotional state is "happy" or "happy".
第四用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目包括:分别对应于不同的情感状态的一个或多个相册条目。The one or more album entries displayed in the fourth user interface include: one or more album entries respectively corresponding to different emotional states.
结合第三方面或第四方面的电子设备,在一些实施例中,电子设备可以在保存第二图像之前,为用户呈现和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素,使得用户可以在保存第二图像之前预览和第一情感状态对应的情感元素。具体的,该一个或多个处理器还用于调用该计算机指令以使得该电子设备执行:In combination with the electronic device of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in some embodiments, the electronic device may present the user with emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state before saving the second image, so that the user can save the second image Previously preview the emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state. Specifically, the one or more processors are also used to call the computer instructions to make the electronic device execute:
识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态之后,检测到该第一操作之前,呈现和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素。在一些实施例中,该电子设备呈现的和该第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,是用户选择的,或者,是该电子设备默认选择的,或者,是该电子设备随机选择的。After identifying that the user is currently in the first emotional state, and before detecting the first operation, present one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state. In some embodiments, the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state presented by the electronic device are selected by the user, or selected by the electronic device by default, or randomly selected by the electronic device of.
结合第三方面或第四方面的电子设备,在一些实施例中,该一个或多个处理器还用于调用该计算机指令以使得该电子设备执行:With reference to the electronic device of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in some embodiments, the one or more processors are further used to invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态之前,检测到用于开启情感识别服务的第四操作,响应于该第四操作,识别用户当前处在的情感状态;该情感识别服务用于该电子设备通过配置的硬件装置或者通过启动连接到该电子设备的其他设备的硬件装置采集用户的行为数据,根据用户的行为数据来识别用户当前处在的情感状态。Before recognizing that the user is currently in the first emotional state, a fourth operation for starting the emotional recognition service is detected, and in response to the fourth operation, recognizing the current emotional state of the user; the emotional recognition service is used for the electronic device The user's behavior data is collected through the configured hardware device or by starting the hardware device of other equipment connected to the electronic device, and the current emotional state of the user is identified according to the user's behavior data.
在一些实施例中,该第四操作包括该电子设备检测到的作用于该第一用户界面中的第二交互元素的操作,该第二交互元素用于监听开启该情感识别服务的操作。In some embodiments, the fourth operation includes an operation detected by the electronic device that acts on a second interaction element in the first user interface, and the second interaction element is used to monitor the operation of starting the emotion recognition service.
第五方面,本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当上述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时,使得上述电子设备执行如第一方面以及第一方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform the operations described in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect. method.
第六方面,本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当上述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时,使得上述电子设备执行如第二方面以及第二方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform the operations described in the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect. method.
第七方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当上述指令在电子设备上运行时,使得上述电子设备执行如第一方面以及第一方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, when the instructions are executed on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute as described in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect method.
第八方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当上述指令在电子设备上运行时,使得上述电子设备执行如第二方面以及第二方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, when the instructions are executed on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute as described in the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect method.
实施本申请提供的技术方案,电子设备可以在获取图像时记录或保存用户的情感,可以达到关注用户情感,并在需要时重现用户情感的目的,提升了用户对电子设备的使用体验。By implementing the technical solution provided by this application, the electronic device can record or save the user's emotions when acquiring images, achieve the goal of paying attention to the user's emotions, and reproduce the user's emotions when needed, and improve the user's experience of using the electronic device.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application or the background art, the following will describe the drawings that need to be used in the embodiments of the present application or the background art.
图1A是本申请实施例提供的电子设备的结构示意图;FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1B是本申请实施例提供的电子设备的软件结构框图;FIG. 1B is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2A-图2B为本申请实施例提供的一种开启“情感识别”的人机交互示意图;2A-2B are schematic diagrams of human-computer interaction with "emotion recognition" enabled according to an embodiment of this application;
图3A-图3H为本申请实施例提供的拍摄场景下记录用户情感的人机交互示意图;3A-3H are schematic diagrams of human-computer interaction for recording user emotions in a shooting scene provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4A-图4H为本申请实施例提供的查看图片场景下记录用户情感的人机交互示意图;4A-4H are schematic diagrams of human-computer interaction for recording user emotions in a picture viewing scene provided by an embodiment of the application;
图5A-图5K、图6A-图6B为本申请实施例提供的再现用户情感的人机交互示意图;5A-5K and 6A-6B are schematic diagrams of human-computer interaction for reproducing user emotions provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7A-图7D为本申请实施例提供的用户设置情感元素的人机交互示意图。7A-7D are schematic diagrams of human-computer interaction for the user to set emotional elements according to embodiments of the application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。Among them, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this document is only a description of related objects The association relationship of indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, "plurality" means two or more than two.
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
本申请以下实施例提供了一种记录用户情感的方法及相关装置,使得电子设备可以在获取图像时记录或保存用户的情感,可以达到关注用户情感,并在需要时重现用户情感的目的,提升了用户对电子设备的使用体验。The following embodiments of the application provide a method and related devices for recording user emotions, so that electronic equipment can record or save user emotions when acquiring images, and achieve the purpose of paying attention to user emotions and reproducing user emotions when needed. Improve the user experience of electronic equipment.
在本申请以下实施例中,在电子设备的“情感识别(emotion recognition)”开启的条件下,当该电子设备识别出用户查看图像的场景时,该电子设备可以获取用户当前的情感状态,并关联存储该图像和用户当前的情感状态。如果用户再次查看该图像,电子设备可以在为用户呈现该图像的同时,呈现和该图像关联存储的情感状态所对应的情感元素,即电子设备可以还原用户的情感,引起用户共鸣,给用户更好的使用体验。关于情感状态以及情感元素的定义可参照后续实施例的相关描述。In the following embodiments of the present application, under the condition that the "emotion recognition" of the electronic device is turned on, when the electronic device recognizes the scene in which the user views the image, the electronic device can obtain the user's current emotional state, and Store the image and the current emotional state of the user in association. If the user views the image again, the electronic device can present the image to the user while presenting the emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image, that is, the electronic device can restore the user's emotions, resonate with the user, and give the user more Good experience. For the definition of emotional states and emotional elements, refer to related descriptions in subsequent embodiments.
在本申请以下实施例中,用户查看的图像可包括:电子设备的摄像头获取到的图像(例如相机应用提供的拍摄界面中取景框包括的图像)、电子设备从网络或者其他设备处获取并存储到本地的图像、电子设备访问的云端设备上所存储的图像等。其中,该图像可以为静态图片、动态图片以及视频等。In the following embodiments of the present application, the image viewed by the user may include: an image obtained by the camera of an electronic device (for example, an image included in a viewing frame in a shooting interface provided by a camera application), and the electronic device obtains and stores it from a network or other device To the local image, the image stored on the cloud device accessed by the electronic device, etc. Among them, the image can be a static picture, a dynamic picture, a video, etc.
在本申请以下实施例中,“情感识别”可以是电子设备提供的一种服务或功能,可以支持电子设备获取到用户的情感状态。用户的情感状态是指用户的心情、情绪或精神状态等,例如平静、生气、厌恶、忧伤、愉悦、浪漫、开心和畏惧等。不限于上述提及的几种情感状态,本申请具体实现中,还可以有其他的情感状态,例如喜、怒、哀、乐等,本申请对此不作限制。In the following embodiments of the present application, "emotion recognition" may be a service or function provided by an electronic device, which may support the electronic device to obtain the user's emotional state. The emotional state of the user refers to the mood, mood, or mental state of the user, such as calm, anger, disgust, sadness, joy, romance, happiness, and fear. It is not limited to the several emotional states mentioned above. In the specific implementation of this application, there may also be other emotional states, such as joy, anger, sadness, happiness, etc., which are not limited by this application.
在一些实施例中,“情感识别”可支持该电子设备通过人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)技术对用户的行为数据进行分析,从而识别到用户的情感状态。在本申请中,开启“情感识别”可以包括启用电子设备的硬件装置和/或启动连接到该电子设备的其它设备的硬件装置以采集用户的行为数据,并根据该用户的行为数据识别用户的情感状态。这些硬件装置所采集的用户行为数据可包括:1.非生理性数据。例如摄像头193采集的人脸、面部表情及动作、 麦克风170C采集的语音、环境光传感器180L采集的环境光线、触摸屏194采集到的用户打字速度及语法。2.生理性数据。例如连接到电子设备的运动手环或智能手表采集的心率、脉搏、呼吸频率及皮肤阻抗等。电子设备可以根据采集到的用户行为数据,通过AI技术分析用户的情感状态。例如,当用户嘴巴两边向上翘起、眼角微翘、心率平稳、呼吸舒缓、皮肤阻抗较高时,该用户心情愉悦;当用户表情惊恐、心率加速,呼吸急促、皮肤阻抗较低等,该用户处于惊恐畏惧状态;当用户瞳孔放大、双手握拳时,该用户处于愤怒状态。In some embodiments, "emotion recognition" can support the electronic device to analyze the user's behavior data through artificial intelligence (AI) technology, so as to recognize the user's emotional state. In this application, enabling "emotion recognition" may include enabling the hardware device of the electronic device and/or enabling the hardware device of other devices connected to the electronic device to collect the user's behavior data, and identify the user's behavior based on the user's behavior data. Emotional state. The user behavior data collected by these hardware devices may include: 1. Non-physiological data. For example, the face, facial expressions and actions collected by the camera 193, the voice collected by the microphone 170C, the ambient light collected by the ambient light sensor 180L, and the user's typing speed and grammar collected by the touch screen 194. 2. Physiological data. For example, heart rate, pulse, respiratory rate, and skin impedance collected by a sports bracelet or smart watch connected to an electronic device. The electronic device can analyze the user's emotional state through AI technology based on the collected user behavior data. For example, when the user’s mouth is upturned, the corners of the eyes are slightly tilted, the heart rate is stable, breathing is relieved, and the skin impedance is high, the user is in a happy mood; when the user has a panic expression, an accelerated heart rate, shortness of breath, and a low skin impedance In a state of panic and fear; when the user's pupils dilate and his hands clenched fists, the user is in a state of anger.
在另一些实施例中,“情感识别”可支持该电子设备通过AI技术对用户的行为数据进行分析,在用户可能有的情感状态中匹配和当前用户的实际状态最接近的情感状态,即识别到用户当前的情感状态。这里,用户可能的情感状态是指和用户的性格相匹配的情感状态。例如,乐观开朗型的用户可能的情感状态可包括愉悦、浪漫、开心,谨慎忧郁型的用户可能的情感状态可包括平静、忧伤等。其中,用户的性格可以由电子设备通过AI技术对用户以往的行为数据进行分析得到。不同性格的用户可能的情感状态可以预先存储在电子设备或者云端服务器中。In other embodiments, "emotion recognition" can support the electronic device to analyze the user's behavior data through AI technology, and match the emotional state that is closest to the current user's actual state among the possible emotional states of the user, that is, recognize To the user’s current emotional state. Here, the possible emotional state of the user refers to the emotional state that matches the personality of the user. For example, the possible emotional states of an optimistic and cheerful user may include pleasure, romance, and happiness, and the possible emotional states of a cautious and melancholic user may include calm, sadness, etc. Among them, the user's personality can be obtained by analyzing the user's past behavior data by the electronic device through AI technology. The possible emotional states of users with different personalities can be pre-stored in an electronic device or a cloud server.
可理解的,本申请实施例提及的AI技术可以是机器学习算法。该机器学习算法可以为深度学习(deep learning)算法,可包括以下一种或多种:卷积神经网络(convolutional neural network,CNN)、近邻(k-NearestNeighbor,KNN)分类算法、循环神经网络(recurrent neural network,RNN)或统计算法等。It is understandable that the AI technology mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a machine learning algorithm. The machine learning algorithm can be a deep learning algorithm, which can include one or more of the following: convolutional neural network (convolutional neural network, CNN), nearest neighbor (k-NearestNeighbor, KNN) classification algorithm, recurrent neural network ( recurrent neural network, RNN) or statistical algorithms, etc.
在又一些实施例中,“情感识别”可支持电子设备接收用户输入或选择的情感状态的指示信息。开启“情感识别”可以包括电子设备接收用户直接输入或选择的情感状态的指示信息,从而根据该指示信息识别到用户当前的情感状态。用户可以在触摸屏194上输入或者选择情感状态的指示信息、也可以通过麦克风170C输入语音从而输入或者选择情感状态的指示信息、还可以通过摇晃或者手势来输入或者选择情感状态的指示信息等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。这里,情感状态的指示信息可以是图标、文本或语音等。In still other embodiments, "emotion recognition" can support the electronic device to receive user input or selection of emotional state indication information. Enabling "emotion recognition" may include that the electronic device receives the instruction information of the emotional state directly input or selected by the user, so as to recognize the current emotional state of the user according to the instruction information. The user can input or select the indication information of the emotional state on the touch screen 194, or input voice through the microphone 170C to input or select the indication information of the emotional state, or input or select the indication information of the emotional state by shaking or gestures. The application embodiment does not limit this. Here, the indication information of the emotional state may be an icon, text, or voice.
可以理解的是,“情感识别”、“emotion recognition”只是本实施例中所使用的一个词语,其代表的含义在本实施例中已经记载,其名称并不能对本实施例构成任何限制。另外,在本申请其他一些实施例中,“情感识别”也可以被称为例如“心境识别”等其他名词。同样的,本申请实施例中提到的“emotion recognition”,在其他一些实施例中也可以被称为例如“affective recognition”等其他名字。It is understandable that "emotion recognition" and "emotion recognition" are only words used in this embodiment, and their representative meanings have been recorded in this embodiment, and their names do not constitute any limitation on this embodiment. In addition, in some other embodiments of the present application, "emotion recognition" may also be referred to as other terms such as "mood recognition". Similarly, the "emotion recognition" mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as "affective recognition" and other names in other embodiments.
在本申请实施例中,情感元素是指可以反映用户的情感状态的元素。情感元素可包括但不限于:文本信息、图片(如表情包)、音乐、图像的构图、光影效果、饱和度、色调以及色彩等。其中,图像的构图方式可包括九宫格构图方式、引导线构图方式、对角线构图方式、三分构图方式、留白构图方式、前景/背景虚化的构图方式等。图像的光影效果可包括强光影、灰化处理的光影等。饱和度可包括高饱和度、低饱和度等。色调可包括冷色调、暖色调、中性色调等。色彩可包括艳丽、暗淡、灰度、正常等。In the embodiments of the present application, an emotional element refers to an element that can reflect the emotional state of the user. Emotional elements may include, but are not limited to: text information, pictures (such as emoticons), music, image composition, light and shadow effects, saturation, hue, and color. Among them, the composition method of the image may include nine square grid composition method, guide line composition method, diagonal composition method, three-part composition method, blank composition method, foreground/background blur composition method, etc. The light and shadow effects of the image can include strong light and shadow, grayed light and shadow, and so on. The saturation may include high saturation, low saturation, and so on. Hues may include cool colors, warm colors, neutral colors, and so on. The color can include bright, dim, gray, normal, etc.
不同的情感元素可以给人以不同的感受,即不同的情感元素可对应不同的情感状态。例如,图像的构图方式为三分构图时(即画面被以黄金分割形式分割)、图像色彩艳丽时,可提升视觉上的愉悦感和生动感,可对应于情感状态“开心”。又例如,图像的构图方式为留白构图、光影灰化、色彩暗淡时,可给人以孤独感,可对应于情感状态“忧伤”。可理解的,当用户看到这些情感元素的时候,能够直观地感受到该情感元素对应的情感状态。在本申请实施例中,一种情感状态可对应有多个情感元素。这里,不同情感状态所对应的情感元素的确定 方法或者设置方法可参照后续实施例的相关描述,这里暂不赘述。Different emotional elements can give people different feelings, that is, different emotional elements can correspond to different emotional states. For example, when the composition of the image is a three-part composition (that is, the picture is divided by the golden section) and the image is colorful, it can enhance the visual pleasure and vividness, which can correspond to the emotional state of "happy". For another example, when the composition of an image is a blank composition, a gray light and a dark color, it can give people a sense of loneliness, which can correspond to the emotional state of "sorrow." Understandably, when the user sees these emotional elements, he can intuitively feel the emotional state corresponding to the emotional element. In the embodiment of the present application, one emotional state may correspond to multiple emotional elements. Here, the determination method or the setting method of the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states can refer to the related descriptions in the subsequent embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,不同情感状态分别对应的情感元素可以存储在电子设备本地端,也可以存储在云端服务器,本申请对此不做限制。In the embodiments of the present application, the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states may be stored locally on the electronic device, or may also be stored in a cloud server, which is not limited in this application.
下面,首先介绍本申请实施例中涉及的电子设备。本申请对提及的电子设备的类型不做具体限定,电子设备可以为手机、平板电脑、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、可穿戴设备、膝上型计算机(laptop)等便携式电子设备。便携式电子设备的示例性实施例包括但不限于搭载iOS、android、microsoft或者其他操作系统的便携式电子设备。上述便携式电子设备也可以是其他便携式电子设备,诸如具有触敏表面(例如触控面板)的膝上型计算机(laptop)等。还应当理解的是,在本申请其他一些实施例中,电子设备也可以不是便携式电子设备,而是具有触敏表面(例如触控面板)的台式计算机,或者是智能电视机等。In the following, the electronic equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application is first introduced. This application does not specifically limit the types of electronic devices mentioned. The electronic devices can be mobile phones, tablets, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), wearable devices, laptops and other portable electronic devices. . Exemplary embodiments of portable electronic devices include, but are not limited to, portable electronic devices equipped with iOS, android, microsoft or other operating systems. The aforementioned portable electronic device may also be other portable electronic devices, such as a laptop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch panel). It should also be understood that in some other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may not be a portable electronic device, but a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch panel), or a smart TV.
参见图1A,图1A示出了本申请实施例提供的示例性电子设备100的结构示意图。Referring to FIG. 1A, FIG. 1A shows a schematic structural diagram of an exemplary electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图1A示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。FIG. 1A shows a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device 100.
电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2. , Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include pressure sensor 180A, gyroscope sensor 180B, air pressure sensor 180C, magnetic sensor 180D, acceleration sensor 180E, distance sensor 180F, proximity light sensor 180G, fingerprint sensor 180H, temperature sensor 180J, touch sensor 180K, ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。在本申请一些实施例中,处理器110可根据获取到的用户行为数据识别到用户的情感状态。具体的识别方式可参照前文相关描述。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc. Among them, the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors. In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 110 may recognize the user's emotional state according to the acquired user behavior data. The specific identification method can refer to the previous description.
控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口, 脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver (universal asynchronous) interface. receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a two-way synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL). In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through an I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100.
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to realize communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160. For example, the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices. The MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100. The processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100.
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured through software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on. GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电,也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present application is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设 备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130. In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110. In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100. The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be an independent device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 2.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分 多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. The processor 110 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。在一些实施例中,摄像头193可用于采集用户的人脸、面部表情及动作,以供电子设备识别到用户的情感状态。The camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. In some embodiments, the camera 193 can be used to collect the user's face, facial expressions, and actions for the electronic device to recognize the user's emotional state.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, for example, the transfer mode between human brain neurons, it can quickly process input information and can continuously learn by itself. The NPU can realize applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,和/或存储在设置于处理器中的存储器的指令,执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。在本申请一些实施例中,内部存储器121可用于存储不同情感状态分别对应的一个或多个情感元素。在一些实施例中,内部存储器121还可用于关联存储电子设备100获取到的图像和获取图像时用户的情感状态。在另一些实施例中,内部存储器121还可用于关联存储电子设备100获取到的图像和与获取图像时用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function. The data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), etc. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor. In some embodiments of the present application, the internal memory 121 may be used to store one or more emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states. In some embodiments, the internal memory 121 may also be used to store the image acquired by the electronic device 100 and the emotional state of the user when the image is acquired. In other embodiments, the internal memory 121 may also be used to associate and store the image obtained by the electronic device 100 and the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state when the image is obtained.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal. The audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。在一些实施例中,扬声器170A可用于输出音频类情感元素(如背景音乐)。在另一些实施例中,扬声器170A还可用于输入语音提示信息,例如用于提示用户开启“情感识别”的语音等。The speaker 170A, also called a "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call. In some embodiments, the speaker 170A can be used to output audio-like emotional elements (such as background music). In other embodiments, the speaker 170A may also be used to input voice prompt information, for example, a voice used to prompt the user to turn on "emotion recognition".
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。The receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone", "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can approach the microphone 170C through the mouth to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C. The electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作, 可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194. There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors and so on. The capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) can be determined by the gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当电子设备100是翻盖机时,电子设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 100 can use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the electronic device 100 is a flip machine, the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 180F, used to measure distance. The electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 can use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。The proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测电子设备100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light. The electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, etc.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 executes to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触 摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function. The application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The button 190 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on. The button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 can generate vibration prompts. The motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as photographing, audio playback, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Different application scenarios (for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中,不能和电子设备100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card. The SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc. The same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present application takes a layered Android system as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100.
图1B是本申请实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。FIG. 1B is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图1B所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。As shown in Figure 1B, the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides application programming interfaces (application programming interface, API) and programming frameworks for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图1B所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。As shown in Figure 1B, the application framework layer can include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and so on.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。The window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the size of the display, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。The content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications. The data may include video, image, audio, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text and controls that display pictures. The view system can be used to build applications. The display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, etc.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can disappear automatically after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one part is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and the application framework layer run in a virtual machine. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。The system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files. The media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to realize 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。The 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
下面结合捕获拍照场景,示例性说明电子设备100软件以及硬件的工作流程。In the following, the workflow of the software and hardware of the electronic device 100 will be exemplified in conjunction with capturing a photo scene.
当触摸传感器180K接收到触摸操作,相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层将触摸操作加工成原始输入事件(包括触摸坐标,触摸操作的时间戳等信息)。原始输入事件被存储在内核层。应用程序框架层从内核层获取原始输入事件,识别该输入事件所对应的控件。以该触摸操作是触摸单击操作,该单击操作所对应的控件为相机应用图标的控件为例,相机应用调用应用框架层的接口,启动相机应用,进而通过调用内核层启动摄像头驱动,通过摄像头193捕获静态图像或视频。When the touch sensor 180K receives a touch operation, the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer. The kernel layer processes touch operations into original input events (including touch coordinates, time stamps of touch operations, etc.). The original input events are stored in the kernel layer. The application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer, and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Taking the touch operation as a touch click operation, and the control corresponding to the click operation is the control of the camera application icon as an example, the camera application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the camera application, and then starts the camera driver by calling the kernel layer. The camera 193 captures still images or videos.
下面介绍电子设备100上的用于展示电子设备100安装的应用程序的示例性图形用户界面。The following describes an exemplary graphical user interface on the electronic device 100 for displaying the application programs installed by the electronic device 100.
图2A示例性示出了电子设备100上的用于展示电子设备100安装的应用程序的示例性用户界面21。FIG. 2A exemplarily shows an exemplary user interface 21 on the electronic device 100 for displaying application programs installed by the electronic device 100.
用户界面21可包括:状态栏201,日历指示符202,天气指示符203,具有常用应用程序图标的托盘204,导航栏205,以及其他应用程序图标。其中:The user interface 21 may include: a status bar 201, a calendar indicator 202, a weather indicator 203, a tray 204 with commonly used application icons, a navigation bar 205, and other application icons. among them:
状态栏201可包括:移动通信信号(又可称为蜂窝信号)的一个或多个信号强度指示符201A、运营商名称(例如“中国移动”)201B、无线高保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)信号的一个或多个信号强度指示符201C,电池状态指示符201D、时间指示符201E。The status bar 201 may include: one or more signal strength indicators 201A of mobile communication signals (also called cellular signals), the name of the operator (for example, "China Mobile") 201B, and wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) ) One or more signal strength indicators 201C, battery status indicator 201D, and time indicator 201E of the signal.
日历指示符202可用于指示当前时间,例如日期、星期几、时分信息等。The calendar indicator 202 can be used to indicate the current time, such as date, day of the week, hour and minute information, etc.
天气指示符203可用于指示天气类型,例如多云转晴、小雨等,还可以用于指示气温等信息。The weather indicator 203 can be used to indicate the type of weather, such as cloudy to clear, light rain, etc., and can also be used to indicate information such as temperature.
具有常用应用程序图标的托盘204可展示:电话图标204A、联系人图标204B、短信图标204C、相机图标204D。The tray 204 with icons of commonly used application programs can display: a phone icon 204A, a contact icon 204B, a short message icon 204C, and a camera icon 204D.
导航栏205可包括:返回键205A、主屏幕键205B、多任务键205C等系统导航键。当检测到用户点击返回键205A时,电子设备100可显示当前页面的上一个页面。当检测到用户点击主屏幕键205B时,电子设备100可显示主界面。当检测到用户点击多任务键205C时,电子设备100可显示用户最近打开的任务。各导航键的命名还可以为其他,本申请对此不做限制。不限于虚拟按键,导航栏205中的各导航键也可以实现为物理按键。The navigation bar 205 may include system navigation keys such as a return key 205A, a home screen key 205B, and a multi-task key 205C. When detecting that the user clicks the return key 205A, the electronic device 100 may display the previous page of the current page. When it is detected that the user clicks the home button 205B, the electronic device 100 may display the home interface. When detecting that the user clicks on the multitasking key 205C, the electronic device 100 may display the task recently opened by the user. The naming of each navigation key can also be other, which is not limited in this application. It is not limited to virtual keys, and each navigation key in the navigation bar 205 can also be implemented as a physical key.
其他应用程序图标可例如:微信(Wechat)的图标206、QQ的图标207、推特(Twitter)的图标208、脸书(Facebook)的图标209、邮箱的图标210、云共享的图标211、备忘录的图标212、支付宝的图标213、图库的图标214、设置的图标215。用户界面21还可包括页面指示符216。其他应用程序图标可分布在多个页面,页面指示符216可用于指示用户当前浏览的是哪一个页面中的应用程序。用户可以左右滑动其他应用程序图标的区域,来浏览其他页面中的应用程序图标。Other application icons can be for example: Wechat icon 206, QQ icon 207, Twitter icon 208, Facebook icon 209, mailbox icon 210, cloud sharing icon 211, memo The icon 212 of, the icon 213 of Alipay, the icon 214 of gallery, and the icon 215 of settings. The user interface 21 may also include a page indicator 216. Other application program icons may be distributed on multiple pages, and the page indicator 216 may be used to indicate which application program in which page the user is currently browsing. The user can slide the area of other application icons left and right to browse application icons in other pages.
在一些实施例中,图2A示例性所示的用户界面21可以为主界面(Home screen)。In some embodiments, the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 2A may be a home screen.
在其他一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以包括实体的主屏幕键。该主屏幕键可用于接收用户的指令,将当前显示的UI返回到主界面,这样可以方便用户随时查看主屏幕。上述指令具体可以是用户单次按下主屏幕键的操作指令,也可以是用户在短时间内连续两次按下主屏幕键的操作指令,还可以是用户在预定时间内长按主屏幕键的操作指令。在本申请其他一些实施例中,主屏幕键还可以集成指纹识别器,以便用于在按下主屏幕键的时候,随之进行指纹采集和识别。In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also include a physical home screen key. The home screen key can be used to receive instructions from the user and return the currently displayed UI to the main interface, so that the user can view the home screen at any time. The above instruction can be an operation instruction for the user to press the home screen key once, or an operation instruction for the user to press the home screen key twice in a short period of time, or the user long press the home screen key within a predetermined time Operation instructions. In some other embodiments of the present application, the home screen key can also be integrated with a fingerprint recognizer, so that when the home screen key is pressed, fingerprints are collected and recognized.
可以理解的是,图2A仅仅示例性示出了电子设备100上的用户界面,不应构成对本申请实施例的限定。It can be understood that FIG. 2A only exemplarily shows the user interface on the electronic device 100, and should not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
图2A及图2B示例性示出了电子设备100上的一种开启”情感识别”的操作。2A and 2B exemplarily show an operation of turning on "emotion recognition" on the electronic device 100.
如图2B所示,当电子设备检测到在状态栏201上的向下滑动手势时,响应于该手势,电子设备100可以在用户界面21上显示窗口217。如图2B所示,窗口217中可以显示有“情感识别”的开关控件217A,还可以显示有其他功能(如Wi-Fi、蓝牙、手电筒等等)的开关控件。当检测到在窗口217中的开关控件217A上的操作(如在开关控件217A上的触摸操作)时,响应于该操作,电子设备100可以开启”情感识别”。As shown in FIG. 2B, when the electronic device detects a downward sliding gesture on the status bar 201, in response to the gesture, the electronic device 100 may display a window 217 on the user interface 21. As shown in FIG. 2B, the switch control 217A of "emotion recognition" can be displayed in the window 217, and the switch control of other functions (such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, flashlight, etc.) can also be displayed. When an operation on the switch control 217A in the window 217 (such as a touch operation on the switch control 217A) is detected, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 can turn on "emotion recognition".
也即是说,用户可以在状态栏201处做一个向下滑动的手势来打开窗口217,并可以在窗口217中点击“情感识别”的开关控件217A来方便地开启“情感识别”。“情感识别”的 开关控件217A的表现形式可以为文本信息或者图标。In other words, the user can make a downward sliding gesture on the status bar 201 to open the window 217, and can click the switch control 217A of "emotion recognition" in the window 217 to conveniently open the "emotion recognition". The expression form of the switch control 217A of "emotion recognition" can be text information or icons.
不限于在窗口217中开启“情感识别”,在一些实施例中,用户还可以在查看图像(如相机应用提供的取景框中的图像、存储于电子设备中的图像或者电子设备100访问的云端服务器上的图像等)时再开启“情感识别”,后续实施例中会详细说明,这里先不赘述。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以自动开启“情感识别”,例如在识别到用户查看图像的场景时自动开启“情感识别”等。在另一些实施例中,用户可以从电子设备的设置选项中开启“情感识别”功能。It is not limited to enabling "emotion recognition" in window 217. In some embodiments, the user can also view images (such as the image in the viewfinder provided by the camera application, the image stored in the electronic device, or the cloud accessed by the electronic device 100). The "emotion recognition" is turned on when the image on the server, etc.), which will be described in detail in the subsequent embodiments, and will not be repeated here. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also automatically turn on "emotion recognition", for example, automatically turn on "emotion recognition" when recognizing a scene in which a user views an image. In other embodiments, the user can turn on the "emotion recognition" function from the setting options of the electronic device.
在本申请一些实施例中,电子设备开启“情感识别”之后,还可以在状态栏201中显示“情感识别”已开启的提示信息。例如,在状态栏201中显示“情感识别”的图标或者直接显示文本“情感识别”等。In some embodiments of the present application, after the electronic device turns on "emotion recognition", it may also display a prompt message that "emotion recognition" has been turned on in the status bar 201. For example, the icon of "emotion recognition" is displayed in the status bar 201 or the text "emotion recognition" is directly displayed.
下面分别描述本申请涉及的应用场景以及电子设备100上实现的图形用户界面的一些实施例。The following describes the application scenarios involved in the present application and some embodiments of the graphical user interface implemented on the electronic device 100 respectively.
(一)应用场景一:拍摄场景(1) Application scenario 1: Shooting scene
以下图3A-3H示例性示出的UI实施例中,用户在拍照时,可以从取景框中预览摄像头采集到的图像,并可选择拍摄当前取景框中预览的图像,即保存该图像。在本申请实施例中,电子设备可以识别用户查看到该图像时的情感状态,并在存储该图像时关联存储该情感状态。可理解的,用户在取景框中预览到的摄像头采集的图像,和用户最终选择拍摄的图像,可能相同,也可能不同。In the UI embodiments exemplarily shown in FIGS. 3A-3H below, the user can preview the image collected by the camera from the viewfinder when taking a photo, and can choose to capture the previewed image in the current viewfinder, that is, save the image. In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device can recognize the emotional state of the user when viewing the image, and store the emotional state in association when storing the image. It is understandable that the image captured by the camera previewed by the user in the viewfinder may be the same or different from the image finally selected by the user.
下面说明图3A-图3H示例性示出的UI实施例提供的“拍照界面”。The "photographing interface" provided by the UI embodiment exemplarily shown in FIGS. 3A to 3H is described below.
在一些实施例中,“拍照界面”可以用于显示摄像头采集到的图像、一个或多个拍摄图像时的相关控件。其中,摄像头采集到的图像可以是前置摄像头采集到的,也可以是后置摄像头采集到的。拍摄图像时的相关控件可用于接收用户操作(例如触摸操作),响应于该用户操作,电子设备可以执行以下一项或多项:更改显示图像的比例、开启闪光灯、开启对应的拍摄模式、切换摄像头等。In some embodiments, the "photographing interface" can be used to display the image collected by the camera and one or more related controls when the image is taken. Among them, the image collected by the camera can be collected by the front camera, or can be collected by the rear camera. Related controls when shooting images can be used to receive user operations (such as touch operations). In response to user operations, the electronic device can perform one or more of the following: change the scale of the displayed image, turn on the flash, turn on the corresponding shooting mode, switch Camera etc.
图3A-图3C示例性示出的用户界面31可以为“拍照界面”的一种实现方式。该用户界面31可以是“相机”应用提供的。“相机”是安装于智能手机、平板电脑等电子设备上的一款用于拍摄图像的应用程序,本申请实施例对该应用程序的名称不做限制。该应用程序可以支持展示摄像头193采集到的各类图像。即“相机”展示的对象是摄像头193采集到的图像。该用户界面31可以是用户点击图2A中的相机图标204D打开的用户界面,不限于此,用户也可以在其他应用程序中打开用于拍摄图像的用户界面31,例如用户在“微信”应用中点击拍摄控件来打开用于拍摄图像的用户界面31。The user interface 31 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 3A-3C may be an implementation of the "photographing interface". The user interface 31 may be provided by the "camera" application. "Camera" is an application program installed on electronic devices such as smart phones, tablet computers, etc. for capturing images, and the name of the application program is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. This application can support displaying various images collected by the camera 193. That is, the object displayed by the "camera" is the image collected by the camera 193. The user interface 31 may be a user interface opened by the user clicking on the camera icon 204D in FIG. 2A, and is not limited to this. The user may also open the user interface 31 for capturing images in other applications, such as the user in the "WeChat" application Tap the shooting control to open the user interface 31 for shooting images.
如图3A-图3C所示,用户界面31可包括:已拍摄图像回显控件301、拍摄控件302、用于切换摄像头的控件303、拍摄模式菜单304、取景框305、以及其他的一些控件例如用于调节取景框305中显示的图像大小的控件306A、用于显示拍摄模式的介绍信息的控件306B、用于设置拍摄时的各类参数的控件306C以及用于开启/关闭闪光灯的控件306D。As shown in FIGS. 3A-3C, the user interface 31 may include: a captured image display control 301, a shooting control 302, a control 303 for switching cameras, a shooting mode menu 304, a viewfinder 305, and other controls such as A control 306A for adjusting the size of the image displayed in the viewfinder 305, a control 306B for displaying introduction information of the shooting mode, a control 306C for setting various parameters during shooting, and a control 306D for turning on/off the flash.
已拍摄图像回显控件301可用于显示电子设备100最近一次拍摄到的图像,还可监听用于打开相册的用户操作。电子设备100可以检测到作用于控件301的用户操作(例如点击操作),响应于该操作,电子设备显示最近一次保存的图像。The captured image echo control 301 can be used to display the last image captured by the electronic device 100, and can also monitor user operations for opening an album. The electronic device 100 can detect a user operation (for example, a click operation) acting on the control 301, and in response to the operation, the electronic device displays the most recently saved image.
拍摄控件302可监听用于拍摄图像的用户操作。电子设备可以检测到的作用于拍摄控件 302的用户操作(例如点击操作),并响应于该用户操作进行拍摄,保存该拍摄的图像并且在控件301中显示该图像。也即是说,用户可以点击拍摄控件302来拍摄图像。The shooting control 302 can monitor user operations for shooting images. The electronic device can detect a user operation (for example, a click operation) acting on the shooting control 302, and shoot in response to the user operation, save the captured image, and display the image in the control 301. In other words, the user can click the shooting control 302 to shoot an image.
用于切换摄像头的控件303可监听用于切换摄像头的用户操作。电子设备100可以检测到作用于控件303的用户操作(例如点击操作),并响应于该用户操作切换摄像头,例如将后置摄像头切换为前置摄像头,或者将前置摄像头切换为后置摄像头。The control 303 for switching cameras can monitor user operations for switching cameras. The electronic device 100 can detect a user operation (such as a click operation) acting on the control 303, and switch the camera in response to the user operation, for example, switch the rear camera to the front camera, or switch the front camera to the rear camera.
取景框305可用于显示摄像头获取的图像。也就是说,取景框305可用于显示预览图像。电子设备100可以实时刷新其中的显示内容。其中,用于获取该图像的摄像头可以是后置摄像头,也可以是前置摄像头。The viewfinder frame 305 can be used to display the image acquired by the camera. In other words, the viewfinder frame 305 can be used to display a preview image. The electronic device 100 can refresh the display content therein in real time. The camera used to obtain the image may be a rear camera or a front camera.
拍摄模式菜单304可以显示有一个或多个拍摄模式选项。拍摄模式选项可以实现为图标、文字或其他形式。如图3A所示,拍摄模式菜单304中的拍摄模式选项可包括:大光圈模式的选项304A、夜景模式的选项304B、人像模式的选项304C、拍照模式的选项304D、录像模式的选项304E、专业模式的选项304F等。电子设备可以检测到作用于拍摄模式菜单304的滑动操作(如向左或向右的滑动操作),并响应于该用于操作切换显示在拍摄模式菜单304中的拍摄模式选项,以便用户浏览更多拍摄模式选项。电子设备100还可以检测到作用于拍摄模式选项的用户操作,并响应于该用户操作开启对应的拍摄模式。电子设备100在不同的拍摄模式下,可以拍摄出不同效果的图像。例如,在大光圈模式下可以对拍摄到的图像做处理使其呈现景深效果,在人像模式下可以对拍摄的图像中的人像进行美化等。The shooting mode menu 304 may display one or more shooting mode options. The shooting mode options can be implemented as icons, text or other forms. As shown in FIG. 3A, the shooting mode options in the shooting mode menu 304 may include: large aperture mode option 304A, night scene mode option 304B, portrait mode option 304C, photo mode option 304D, video mode option 304E, professional Mode option 304F etc. The electronic device can detect a sliding operation (such as a left or right sliding operation) acting on the shooting mode menu 304, and switch the shooting mode options displayed in the shooting mode menu 304 in response to the operation, so that the user can browse more Multiple shooting mode options. The electronic device 100 can also detect a user operation acting on the shooting mode option, and activate the corresponding shooting mode in response to the user operation. The electronic device 100 can shoot images with different effects in different shooting modes. For example, in the large-aperture mode, the captured image can be processed to show a depth-of-field effect, and in the portrait mode, the portrait in the captured image can be beautified.
在“情感识别”未开启的情况下,如图3A所示,用户界面31中可以显示有“情感识别”的开关控件307。该开关控件307可以为图标。在一些实施例中,用户界面31还可以显示有用于提示用户开启“情感识别”的提示信息,该提示信息可以为文本信息例如“点击此处开启情感识别”、图片、链接或其他形式,本实施例对此不做任何限制。When the "emotion recognition" is not turned on, as shown in FIG. 3A, the switch control 307 of "emotion recognition" may be displayed in the user interface 31. The switch control 307 may be an icon. In some embodiments, the user interface 31 may also display prompt information for prompting the user to turn on "emotion recognition". The prompt information may be text information such as "click here to turn on emotion recognition", pictures, links or other forms. The embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
如图3A所示,电子设备可以检测到作用于控件307的操作(如用户在控件307上的轻触、重压或长按等操作),响应于该操作,该电子设备可以开启“情感识别”。在一些实施例中,电子设备开启“情感识别”后,可以更新开关控件307的显示方式,更新后的控件307可如图3B所示。也就是说,电子设备开启“情感识别”后,控件307可以由阴影状态更改为无阴影状态。不限于更改控件307的显示方式,电子设备还可以通过其他方式提示用户已开启“情感识别”,例如电子设备还可以播放语音或者产生振动来提示用户已开启“情感识别”等,本申请实施例不作限制。As shown in FIG. 3A, the electronic device can detect an operation that acts on the control 307 (such as a user's light touch, heavy press, or long press on the control 307), and in response to the operation, the electronic device can turn on "emotion recognition ". In some embodiments, after the electronic device turns on "emotion recognition", the display mode of the switch control 307 may be updated, and the updated control 307 may be as shown in FIG. 3B. That is to say, after the electronic device turns on "emotion recognition", the control 307 can be changed from the shadow state to the non-shadow state. It is not limited to changing the display mode of the control 307. The electronic device may also prompt the user to have turned on "emotion recognition" in other ways. For example, the electronic device may also play voice or generate vibration to remind the user that the user has turned on "emotion recognition". No restrictions.
不限于图3A所示的用户在控件307上输入用户操作来开启“情感识别”的方式,电子设备还可以通过其他方式来开启“情感识别”。例如,用户还可以输入语音“开启情感识别”,电子设备可通过麦克风170C采集到用户的语音,并根据该语音开启“情感识别”。例如,用户还可以在如图2B所示的窗口217中开启“情感识别”等,本申请对此不做限制。It is not limited to the manner in which the user inputs a user operation on the control 307 shown in FIG. 3A to turn on "emotion recognition", and the electronic device may also turn on "emotion recognition" in other ways. For example, the user can also input a voice "enable emotion recognition", the electronic device can collect the user's voice through the microphone 170C, and enable "emotion recognition" according to the voice. For example, the user can also enable "emotion recognition" in the window 217 shown in FIG. 2B, which is not limited in this application.
在“情感识别”已开启但电子设备还未识别到用户的情感状态的情况下,如图3B所示,取景框305中可以显示有提示信息308。其中,提示信息308可以用于提示用户电子设备正在识别用户的情感状态,例如提示信息308可以为文本信息“正在识别用户情感”。不限于文本信息,提示信息308还可以为图片、链接等其他形式,本申请对此不做限制。在其他一些实施例中,本用户界面31中的提示信息308也可以不是显示在触摸屏上的交互元素,而是通过扬声器170A播放出来的音频。In the case where "emotion recognition" is turned on but the electronic device has not yet recognized the user's emotional state, as shown in FIG. 3B, prompt information 308 may be displayed in the view frame 305. The prompt information 308 may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device is recognizing the emotional state of the user. For example, the prompt information 308 may be text information "recognizing user emotion". Not limited to text information, the prompt information 308 may also be in other forms such as pictures, links, etc., which is not limited in this application. In some other embodiments, the prompt information 308 in the user interface 31 may not be an interactive element displayed on the touch screen, but may be audio played through the speaker 170A.
在一些实施例中,在电子设备还未识别到用户的情感状态时,该电子设备也可以在取景框305中不呈现任何其他内容,即空白,可以此来表示当前还未识别到用户的情感状态。In some embodiments, when the electronic device has not yet recognized the user's emotional state, the electronic device may also not present any other content in the view frame 305, that is, blank, which can indicate that the user's emotional state has not yet been recognized. status.
若经过预设时间,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态,则该电子设备可以更新取景框305所显示的内容,更新后的取景框305中可显示有提示信息309。该预设时间可以由电子设备的性能确定,也可以由用户自主设置,本申请实施例对此不做限制。其中,提示信息309可以用于提示用户电子设备已经识别到的用户的情感状态,例如提示信息309可以为文本信息“识别到用户处于开心状态,点击查看”。不限于文本信息,提示信息309还可以为图片、链接等其他形式,本申请对此不做限制。在一些实施例中,用户使用电子设备拍摄视频的过程中,若用户的情感状态有所更新,则如图3C所示的用户界面31中的提示信息309也可对应更新。可以理解的是,不限于图3C示例性示出的交互元素(提示信息309),电子设备还可以通过其他形式的交互元素来表示电子设备已经识别到用户的情感状态,例如电子设备还可以播放语音来提示用户已识别到情感状态等。这里,电子设备识别用户的情感状态的具体实施方式可参照前文的相关描述,在此不再赘述。If the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state after a preset time, the electronic device can update the content displayed in the viewing frame 305, and the updated viewing frame 305 can display prompt information 309. The preset time may be determined by the performance of the electronic device, or may be independently set by the user, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The prompt information 309 may be used to prompt the user of the emotional state of the user that the electronic device has recognized. For example, the prompt information 309 may be the text message "Identified that the user is in a happy state, click to view". It is not limited to text information. The prompt information 309 may also be in other forms such as pictures and links, which are not limited in this application. In some embodiments, when the user uses the electronic device to shoot a video, if the user's emotional state is updated, the prompt information 309 in the user interface 31 as shown in FIG. 3C may also be updated accordingly. It is understandable that, not limited to the interactive element (prompt information 309) exemplarily shown in FIG. 3C, the electronic device may also use other forms of interactive elements to indicate that the electronic device has recognized the user's emotional state, for example, the electronic device can also play Voice to remind the user that the emotional state has been recognized. Here, the specific implementation manner for the electronic device to recognize the user's emotional state can refer to the relevant description above, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,该电子设备可以直接在取景框305中显示和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素。In some embodiments, after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, the electronic device can directly display the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state in the viewfinder 305.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,图3C所示的用户界面31中的部分或全部的提示信息309可以用于接收触发电子设备呈现和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素的操作。例如,提示信息309“识别到用户处于开心状态,点击查看”中的部分文字“点击查看”可用于接收触发电子设备呈现和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素的操作。该操作可以为轻触、重压或长按等操作。这里,和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素可以存储在电子设备本地端,也可以存储在云端服务器。也就是说,电子设备识别到用户的情感状态后,可以从本地端或者从云端服务器处获取到和该情感状态相对应的情感元素。In other embodiments, after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, some or all of the prompt information 309 in the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3C can be used to receive triggers that the electronic device presents corresponding to the user's emotional state The manipulation of emotional elements. For example, part of the text "click to view" in the prompt message 309 "recognizing that the user is in a happy state, click to view" can be used to receive an operation that triggers the electronic device to present an emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state. The operation can be light touch, heavy press or long press. Here, the emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state can be stored in the local end of the electronic device, or can be stored in the cloud server. That is, after the electronic device recognizes the emotional state of the user, it can obtain the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state from the local end or from the cloud server.
图3D-3H示例性示出的用户界面31可以为电子设备呈现和用户当前的情感状态相对应的情感元素的几种实现方式。The user interface 31 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 3D-3H may present several implementation manners of emotional elements corresponding to the current emotional state of the user for the electronic device.
图3D示出了一种电子设备显示和用户的情感状态相对应的一个情感元素的方式。如图3D所示,用户界面31中显示有情感状态“开心”对应的一个情感元素,该情感元素为表情包310A。这里,情感状态“开心”对应的情感元素可以有一个或多个,表情包310A可以是该情感状态“开心”对应的一个或多个情感元素中的任意一个或者电子设备默认的一个。Fig. 3D shows a way for an electronic device to display an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state of the user. As shown in FIG. 3D, an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "happy" is displayed in the user interface 31, and the emotional element is an emoticon package 310A. Here, there may be one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy", and the emoticon package 310A may be any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" or a default one of the electronic device.
图3E示出了一种电子设备显示和用户的情感状态相对应的多个情感元素的方式。如图3E所示,用户界面31中显示有和情感状态“开心”对应的多个情感元素,包括表情包310A、文字气泡310B、文字气泡310C和文本信息310D,以及取景框305中的图像所呈现的高饱和度。该多个情感元素可以是和情感状态“开心”对应的多个情感元素中的部分或者全部。FIG. 3E shows a way for an electronic device to display multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state of the user. As shown in FIG. 3E, multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" are displayed in the user interface 31, including emoticons 310A, text bubbles 310B, text bubbles 310C, and text information 310D, and the image in the viewfinder 305 High saturation presented. The multiple emotional elements may be part or all of the multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
可理解的,不限于图3D或图3E中在用户界面31上呈现的情感元素,电子设备还可以呈现其他情感元素。例如电子设备还可调节取景框305中图像的构图方式、光影效果、饱和度、色调以及色彩,还可以通过扬声器170A播放背景音乐等,从而反映用户当前的情感状态。It is understandable that it is not limited to the emotional elements presented on the user interface 31 in FIG. 3D or FIG. 3E, and the electronic device may also present other emotional elements. For example, the electronic device can also adjust the composition, light and shadow effects, saturation, hue, and color of the image in the viewfinder 305, and can also play background music through the speaker 170A to reflect the current emotional state of the user.
图3F-图3H示出了又一种电子设备呈现和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素的方式。如图3F所示,用户界面31中显示有小窗口311。小窗口311可用于用户选择对应的情感元素进行呈现。小窗口311中可包括情感元素的图标311A、文本信息“情感元素”311B、多个情感元素选项例如“原图”311C、高饱和度311D、文字气泡“快乐生活!”311E、表情包311F、文本信息“白日放歌须纵酒,青春作伴好还乡”311G、背景音乐“歌曲‘今天是个好日子’”311H等。这里,该多个情感元素选项所对应的情感元素可以是情感状态“开心”对应的一个或多个 情感元素中的部分或全部。不限于图3F所示小窗口311中包括的情感元素选项,在其他实施例中,该小窗口311中还可包括其他情感元素选项,例如构图方式的选项、光影效果的选项、饱和度的选项、色调的选项以及色彩的选项等。Figures 3F-3H show yet another way for an electronic device to present emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state. As shown in FIG. 3F, a small window 311 is displayed in the user interface 31. The small window 311 can be used for the user to select corresponding emotional elements for presentation. The small window 311 may include the icon 311A of the emotional element, the text information "emotional element" 311B, multiple emotional element options such as "original image" 311C, high saturation 311D, text bubble "Happy life!" 311E, emoticon package 311F, The text message "Singing in the daytime must indulge in wine, youth is a good company to return home" 311G, background music "Song "Today is a good day"" 311H, etc. Here, the emotional elements corresponding to the multiple emotional element options may be part or all of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy". It is not limited to the emotional element options included in the small window 311 shown in FIG. 3F. In other embodiments, the small window 311 may also include other emotional element options, such as composition options, lighting effects, and saturation options. , Hue options and color options, etc.
小窗口311中各个情感元素选项可用于监听触发电子设备呈现和该选项对应的情感元素的操作。响应于检测到的作用于情感元素选项的操作(例如在情感元素选项上的触摸操作),电子设备可以呈现和该情感元素选项对应的情感元素。例如,响应于检测到的作用于选项311C上的触摸操作,电子设备可以不呈现任何情感元素;响应于检测到的作用于选项311E上的触摸操作,电子设备可以在用户界面31上显示文字气泡“快乐生活!”,如图3G所示;响应于检测到的作用于选项311H上的触摸操作,电子设备启用扬声器170A播放歌曲“今天是个好日子”。在一些实施例中,情感元素选项在接收到用户操作后,小窗口311中该情感元素选项的显示方式可以被更改,例如图3G所示的选项311E的边框被加粗。Each emotional element option in the small window 311 can be used to monitor the operation of triggering the electronic device to present the emotional element corresponding to the option. In response to the detected operation that acts on the emotional element option (for example, a touch operation on the emotional element option), the electronic device may present the emotional element corresponding to the emotional element option. For example, in response to a detected touch operation on option 311C, the electronic device may not present any emotional elements; in response to a detected touch operation on option 311E, the electronic device may display text bubbles on the user interface 31 "Happy life!", as shown in FIG. 3G; in response to the detected touch operation on the option 311H, the electronic device activates the speaker 170A to play the song "Today is a good day". In some embodiments, after the emotional element option receives a user operation, the display mode of the emotional element option in the small window 311 can be changed. For example, the border of the option 311E shown in FIG. 3G is thickened.
在一种可能的实施方式中,如图3G所示的用户界面31中仅能呈现一个情感元素,当电子设备检测到作用于小窗口311中下一个情感元素选项的操作时,电子设备停止呈现上一个情感元素并开始呈现该下一个情感元素。在另一种可能的实施方式中,如图3G所示的用户界面31中可以呈现多个情感元素,当电子设备检测到作用于情感元素选项的操作(如触摸操作)时,电子设备即呈现和该情感元素选项对应的情感元素,当电子设备再一次检测到作用于该情感元素选项的操作(如触摸操作)时,电子设备可停止呈现和该情感元素选项对应的情感元素。In a possible implementation manner, only one emotional element can be presented in the user interface 31 as shown in FIG. 3G. When the electronic device detects an operation acting on the next emotional element option in the small window 311, the electronic device stops presenting The previous emotional element and begin to present the next emotional element. In another possible implementation, multiple emotional elements may be presented in the user interface 31 as shown in FIG. 3G. When the electronic device detects an operation (such as a touch operation) that acts on the emotional element option, the electronic device presents For the emotional element corresponding to the emotional element option, when the electronic device detects an operation (such as a touch operation) acting on the emotional element option again, the electronic device may stop presenting the emotional element corresponding to the emotional element option.
在一些实施例中,小窗口311中还可以显示有控件311I和/或控件311J。控件311I或控件311J可用于用户切换或更新小窗口311中显示的情感元素选项,这样可查看更多的和当前用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素。不限于上述控件,其他交互元素也可以用于用户切换小窗口311中显示的情感元素选项。在其他一些情况下,用户还可以在小窗口311中做出向左或向右的滑动手势来切换或更新小窗口311中显示的情感元素选项。In some embodiments, the small window 311 may also display a control 311I and/or a control 311J. The control 311I or the control 311J can be used for the user to switch or update the emotional element options displayed in the small window 311, so that more emotional elements corresponding to the current user's emotional state can be viewed. Not limited to the above-mentioned controls, other interactive elements can also be used for the user to switch the emotional element options displayed in the small window 311. In some other cases, the user can also make a left or right sliding gesture in the small window 311 to switch or update the emotional element options displayed in the small window 311.
如图3F及图3G所示,小窗口311还可包括控件311K和控件311L。控件311L可用于监听触发停止显示小窗口311的操作。示例性地,如图3G和图3H所示,用户选定情感元素选项311E后,可在控件311L上输入用户操作(如在文本“确定”上的触摸操作)。响应于该用户操作,电子设备停止显示小窗口311并且持续呈现用户选定的情感元素(如持续显示图3H所示的文字气泡“快乐生活!”)。控件311K可用于监听触发停止显示小窗口311且停止呈现任何情感元素的操作。响应于检测到的作用于控件311K上的操作(如在文本“取消”上的触摸操作),电子设备停止显示小窗口311并停止呈现任何情感元素。As shown in FIGS. 3F and 3G, the small window 311 may further include a control 311K and a control 311L. The control 311L can be used to monitor the operation of triggering to stop displaying the small window 311. Exemplarily, as shown in FIGS. 3G and 3H, after the user selects the emotional element option 311E, the user can input a user operation (such as a touch operation on the text "OK") on the control 311L. In response to the user operation, the electronic device stops displaying the small window 311 and continues to present the emotional element selected by the user (for example, the text bubble "Happy Life!" shown in FIG. 3H is continuously displayed). The control 311K can be used to monitor the operation of triggering to stop displaying the small window 311 and stop presenting any emotional elements. In response to the detected operation on the control 311K (such as a touch operation on the text "Cancel"), the electronic device stops displaying the small window 311 and stops presenting any emotional elements.
在一些实施例中,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,该电子设备可以关联存储电子设备获取到的图像和该用户当前的情感状态。具体的,电子设备可以将摄像头获取到的图像和用户当前的情感状态关联存储到本地,也可以将摄像头获取到的图像和用户当前的情感状态关联存储到云端服务器,本申请对此不做限制。示例性地,如图3C所示,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,用户可以在拍摄控件302上输入用户操作(例如触摸操作),响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以关联存储如图3C所示的取景框305中的人像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态“开心”。不限于在拍摄控件302上输入的用户操作,电子设备还可以响应于其他用户操作关联存储获取到的图像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态,例如用户还可以通过输入语音“拍照”、面对摄像头眨眼等方式触发电子设备关联存储获取到的图像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态。在本申请实施例中,电子设备可以以JPEG、TIFF、RAW、PNG、 GIF、AVI、3GP、MOV或其他图像格式存储图像,以文本(例如文本“开心”)、指示标识(例如指示标识“1”,指示对应的情感状态为“开心”)等方式存储用户当前的情感状态,本申请对此不做限制。In some embodiments, after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, the electronic device may associate and store the image obtained by the electronic device with the user's current emotional state. Specifically, the electronic device can store the image obtained by the camera and the current emotional state of the user locally, or store the image obtained by the camera and the current emotional state of the user in a cloud server, which is not limited in this application. . Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3C, after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, the user can input a user operation (such as a touch operation) on the shooting control 302, and in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device can store the The portrait in the view frame 305 as shown in FIG. 3C and the recognized current emotional state of the user are "happy". Not limited to the user operation input on the shooting control 302, the electronic device can also store the acquired image and the recognized current emotional state of the user in response to other user operations. For example, the user can also input voice to "take a photo" and face The camera blinks and other methods trigger the electronic device to store the acquired image and the recognized current emotional state of the user. In the embodiments of the present application, the electronic device can store images in JPEG, TIFF, RAW, PNG, GIF, AVI, 3GP, MOV or other image formats, and use text (such as the text "happy") and indicator (such as the indicator " 1", indicating that the corresponding emotional state is "happy") and other methods to store the user's current emotional state, which is not limited in this application.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,可以关联存储电子设备获取到的图像和与识别到的用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素。电子设备关联存储获取到的图像和与识别到的用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素时,该情感元素可以是一个或多个。具体的,电子设备可以将摄像头获取到的图像和与用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素关联存储到本地,也可以将摄像头获取到的图像和与用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素关联存储到云端服务器,本申请对此不做限制。In other embodiments, after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, the image obtained by the electronic device may be associated and stored with the emotional element corresponding to the recognized emotional state of the user. When the electronic device associates and stores the acquired image and the emotional element corresponding to the recognized emotional state of the user, the emotional element may be one or more. Specifically, the electronic device can store the image obtained by the camera and the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state to the local, or store the image obtained by the camera and the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state to the local Cloud server, this application does not restrict this.
示例性地,如图3D所示,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态并且在用户界面31上显示有与情感状态“开心”对应的一个情感元素表情包310A时,用户可以在拍摄控件302上输入用户操作(例如触摸操作),响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以关联存储如图3D所示的取景框305中的人像和情感元素表情包310A。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3D, when the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state and displays an emotional element emoticon 310A corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 31, the user can input on the shooting control 302 A user operation (for example, a touch operation), in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device may associate and store the portrait and emotional element expression package 310A in the view frame 305 as shown in FIG. 3D.
又示例性地,如图3H所示,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态并且在用户界面31上显示有与情感状态“开心”对应的一个情感元素文字气泡“快乐生活!”310B时,用户可以在拍摄控件302上输入用户操作(例如触摸操作),响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以关联存储如图3H所示的取景框305中的人像和情感元素文字气泡“快乐生活!”310B。For another example, as shown in FIG. 3H, when the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state and displays an emotional element text bubble "Happy Life!" 310B corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 31, the user can Input a user operation (such as a touch operation) on the shooting control 302, and in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device can store the portrait and emotional element text bubble "Happy Life!" in the view frame 305 as shown in FIG. 3H in association with each other. 310B.
再示例性地,如图3E所示,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态,并且在用户界面31上显示有与情感状态“开心”对应的多个情感元素如表情包310A、文字气泡310B、文字气泡310C和文本信息310D,还播放了情感元素歌曲“今天是个好日子”,并以高饱和度显示取景框305中的图像时,用户可以在拍摄控件302上输入用户操作(例如触摸操作),响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以关联存储如图3E所示的取景框305中的人像和情感元素表情包310A、文字气泡310B、文字气泡310C、文本信息310D、歌曲“今天是个好日子”以及高饱和度的指示信息。As another example, as shown in FIG. 3E, the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, and displays multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 31, such as emoticon 310A, text bubble 310B, text The bubble 310C and the text message 310D also play the emotional element song "Today is a good day", and when the image in the viewfinder 305 is displayed with high saturation, the user can input user operations (such as touch operations) on the shooting control 302, In response to the detected user operation, the electronic device may store the portrait and emotional element emoticon package 310A, text bubble 310B, text bubble 310C, text information 310D, and the song "Today is a good day" in the viewfinder frame 305 as shown in FIG. 3E. Day" and high saturation indicator information.
在上述图3D、图3E及图3H示例中,不限于在拍摄控件302上输入的用户操作,电子设备还可以响应于其他用户操作关联存储获取到的图像和情感元素。例如,用户还可以通过输入语音“拍照”、面对摄像头眨眼等方式触发电子设备关联存储获取到的图像和情感元素,本申请实施例对此不做限制。In the above examples in FIG. 3D, FIG. 3E, and FIG. 3H, it is not limited to user operations input on the shooting control 302. The electronic device may also store the acquired images and emotional elements in association with other user operations. For example, the user can also trigger the electronic device to associate and store the acquired images and emotional elements by inputting a voice "photograph", blinking at the camera, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在上述图3C、图3D、图3E及图3H示例中,不限于响应于用户操作来关联存储获取到的图像和情感状态/情感元素,电子设备还可以在识别到用户的情感状态之后自动关联存储获取到的图像和情感状态/情感元素,本申请实施例对此不做限制。In the above examples in Figure 3C, Figure 3D, Figure 3E, and Figure 3H, it is not limited to associating and storing the acquired images and emotional states/emotional elements in response to user operations. The electronic device can also automatically associate after recognizing the user's emotional state. The acquired images and emotional states/emotional elements are stored, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,关联存储电子设备获取到的图像和与识别到的用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素,或者,关联存储电子设备获取到的图像和识别到的用户的情感状态时,该电子设备存储的获取到的图像为拍摄图像。由于用户预览图像和拍摄图像可能并不是同时进行,因此,用户在取景框中查看到的预览图像和最终的拍摄图像(即保存的图像)可能相同,也可能不同。After the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, it stores the image obtained by the electronic device and the emotional element corresponding to the recognized user's emotional state in association, or associates the image obtained by the electronic device with the recognized user's emotion. In the state, the acquired image stored by the electronic device is a captured image. Since the user preview image and the captured image may not be performed at the same time, the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder and the final captured image (ie, the saved image) may be the same or different.
可理解的,以上图3C-图3H所示的UI实施例以用户在取景框查看到的预览图像和最终的拍摄图像相同为例进行了说明,即在以上图3C-图3H所示UI实施例中用户在取景框中查看到的预览图像和最终的拍摄图像都为取景框305中的人像。在本申请其他一些实施例中,用户在取景框查看到的预览图像和最终的拍摄图像也可以不相同。若用户在取景框查看到的 预览图像和最终的拍摄图像不相同,则用户在取景框查看预览图像和最终拍摄图像之间的时长不超过预设时长,该预设时长可以预先设置,例如可以为1分钟、2分钟等。该预设时长可以保证和拍摄图像关联存储的情感状态是用户看到该拍摄图像时的情感状态,或者,该预设时长可以保证和拍摄图像关联存储的情感元素能够反映用户查看到该拍摄图像时的情感状态。It is understandable that the above UI embodiments shown in FIGS. 3C-3H are described by taking the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder as the same as the final captured image, which is implemented in the UI shown in FIGS. 3C-3H. In the example, the preview image and the final captured image viewed by the user in the viewfinder frame are both portraits in the viewfinder frame 305. In some other embodiments of the present application, the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder and the final captured image may also be different. If the preview image viewed by the user in the viewfinder is different from the final captured image, the time between the user viewing the preview image and the final captured image in the viewfinder does not exceed the preset duration, which can be preset, for example, It is 1 minute, 2 minutes, etc. The preset duration can ensure that the emotional state stored in association with the captured image is the emotional state when the user sees the captured image, or the preset duration can ensure that the emotional element stored in association with the captured image reflects the user viewing the captured image Emotional state at the time.
在一些实施例中,若电子设备通过摄像头获取视频,且用户在电子设备获取视频的过程中的情感状态有变化,即电子设备在获取视频的过程中识别到用户的多个情感状态时,电子设备可以关联存储视频的每个片段和每个片段分别对应的情感状态或情感元素。例如,电子设备获取到一段时长为20分钟的视频,电子设备识别到第1-10分钟用户的感情状态为“浪漫”,第11-20分钟用户的感情状态为“开心”,则电子设备可以将该视频的前1-10分钟和感情状态“浪漫”关联存储,将该视频的后11-20分钟和感情状态“开心”关联存储。In some embodiments, if the electronic device acquires a video through a camera, and the user's emotional state changes during the process of acquiring the video by the electronic device, that is, when the electronic device recognizes multiple emotional states of the user in the process of acquiring the video, the electronic device The device can associate and store each segment of the video and the emotional state or emotional element corresponding to each segment. For example, if the electronic device acquires a 20-minute video, the electronic device recognizes that the emotional state of the user in the first 10 minutes is "romantic", and the emotional state of the user in the 11-20 minutes is "happy", the electronic device can Store the first 1-10 minutes of the video in association with the emotional state "romantic", and store the last 11-20 minutes of the video in association with the emotional state "happy".
在一些实施例中,电子设备可以根据不同的情感状态将获取到的图像存储到不同的区域。例如,电子设备可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“开心”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“开心”关联存储到第一区域,可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“浪漫”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“浪漫”关联存储到第二区域,可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“平静”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“平静”关联存储到第三区域。又例如,电子设备可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“开心”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“开心”对应的情感元素关联存储到第四区域,可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“浪漫”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“浪漫”对应的情感元素关联存储到第五区域,可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“平静”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“平静”对应的情感元素关联存储到第六区域。上述第一区域至第六区域可以位于电子设备本地端,也可以位于云端服务器。In some embodiments, the electronic device may store the acquired images in different areas according to different emotional states. For example, the electronic device can store all the images acquired when the user’s emotional state is "happy" and the emotional state "happy" in the first area, and can store all the images acquired when the user's emotional state is "romantic" The image of and the emotional state "romance" is associated and stored in the second area, and all the images obtained when the user's emotional state is "calm" and the emotional state "calm" can be associated and stored in the third area. For another example, the electronic device can store all the images acquired when the user’s emotional state is "happy" and the emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" in the fourth area, and can store all the user's emotional states as " The image obtained during "romance" and the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "romantic" are stored in the fifth area. All the images obtained when the user's emotional state is "calm" and the emotional state "calm" can be associated The emotional elements are stored in the sixth area. The above-mentioned first area to sixth area may be located at the local end of the electronic device, or may be located at the cloud server.
不限于图3A-图3H所示,“拍照界面”的页面布局还可以呈现其他形式,本申请实施例对此不做限制。It is not limited to those shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3H. The page layout of the "photographing interface" may also present other forms, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
通过图3A-图3H示例性示出的UI实施例,电子设备可以在拍摄图像时识别用户当前的情感状态,并根据用户需要关联存储拍摄到的图像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态,或者,根据用户需要关联存储拍摄到的图像和与用户当前的情感状态相对应的情感元素。这样可以记录用户的情感,可以达到关注用户情感,便于在需要时重现用户情感的目的,提升了用户对电子设备的使用体验。Through the UI embodiments exemplarily shown in FIGS. 3A-3H, the electronic device can recognize the user's current emotional state when capturing an image, and store the captured image and the recognized user's current emotional state in association with the user's needs, or , According to the user's needs, the captured images and the emotional elements corresponding to the user's current emotional state are associated and stored. In this way, the user's emotion can be recorded, and the purpose of paying attention to the user's emotion can be achieved, and the user's emotion can be easily reproduced when needed, and the user's experience of using the electronic device can be improved.
在本申请涉及的拍摄场景中,“拍照界面”可以称为第一用户界面,预览图像可以称为第一图像,拍摄图像可以称为第二图像。第一图像和第二图像可以相同,也可以不同。该“拍照界面”的示例性实现方式可参照图3A-图3H所示的用户界面31。In the shooting scene involved in this application, the “photographing interface” may be referred to as the first user interface, the preview image may be referred to as the first image, and the captured image may be referred to as the second image. The first image and the second image may be the same or different. For an exemplary implementation of the "photographing interface", refer to the user interface 31 shown in FIGS. 3A to 3H.
在本申请涉及的拍摄场景中,可以将用户在查看预览图像时电子设备识别到的用户的情感状态称为第一情感状态。当电子设备关联存储第二图像和与识别到的第一情感状态相对应的情感元素时,该与识别到的第一情感状态相对应的情感元素可以被称为第一情感元素时。In the shooting scene involved in this application, the emotional state of the user recognized by the electronic device when the user views the preview image may be referred to as the first emotional state. When the electronic device associates and stores the second image and the emotional element corresponding to the recognized first emotional state, the emotional element corresponding to the recognized first emotional state may be referred to as the first emotional element.
在本申请涉及的拍摄场景中,可以将第一用户界面中包括的用于监听保存第二图像的控件称为第一交互元素,例如图3C-图3E、图3H中的拍摄控件302;可以将作用于该第一交互元素的操作称为第一操作,例如作用于拍摄控件302上的触摸操作。In the shooting scene involved in this application, the control included in the first user interface for monitoring and saving the second image may be referred to as the first interactive element, such as the shooting control 302 in FIGS. 3C- 3E and 3H; The operation acting on the first interaction element is called a first operation, for example, a touch operation acting on the shooting control 302.
(二)应用场景二:查看图片场景(2) Application Scenario 2: View the picture scene
以下图4A-图4H示例性示出的UI实施例中,用户在查看图片时,电子设备可以识别用户当前的情感状态,并在存储该图片时关联存储该情感状态。In the UI embodiments exemplarily shown in FIGS. 4A to 4H below, when the user views a picture, the electronic device can recognize the user's current emotional state, and store the emotional state in association when storing the picture.
下面说明图4A-图4H示例性示出的UI实施例提供的“查看图片界面”。The "view picture interface" provided by the UI embodiment exemplarily shown in FIGS. 4A to 4H is described below.
在一些实施例中,“查看图片界面”可以用于显示图片、一个或多个用于处理该图片的相关控件。其中,该图片可以是电子设备访问的云端设备上所存储的图片、电子设备本地端所存储的图片等。电子设备访问的云端设备上所存储的图片的示例性实施例可包括用户在“微信(WeChat)”应用中查看的朋友圈图片、用户在“脸书(Facebook)”应用中查看好友发布的图片等。电子设备本地端所存储的图片的示例性实施例可包括用户在“相册”应用查看的图片等。用于处理该图片的相关控件可用于监听用户操作(例如触摸操作),响应于该用户操作,电子设备可以执行以下一项或多项:分享图片、保存图片、收藏图片等。In some embodiments, the "view picture interface" may be used to display a picture and one or more related controls for processing the picture. Wherein, the picture may be a picture stored on a cloud device accessed by the electronic device, a picture stored on the local end of the electronic device, and so on. Exemplary embodiments of the pictures stored on the cloud device accessed by the electronic device may include the Moments pictures viewed by the user in the "WeChat" application, and the pictures posted by the friends viewed by the user in the "Facebook" application. Wait. Exemplary embodiments of pictures stored on the local end of the electronic device may include pictures viewed by the user in the "album" application, etc. Related controls for processing the picture can be used to monitor user operations (such as touch operations), and in response to the user operation, the electronic device can perform one or more of the following: share pictures, save pictures, bookmark pictures, and so on.
图4A-图4D示例性示出的用户界面41可以为“查看图片界面”的一种实现方式。该用户界面41可以是“微信(WeChat)”应用、“脸书(Facebook)”应用、“相册”应用或者其他应用提供的。该用户界面41可以是用户点击图2A中的微信图标206、脸书图标209或者图库图标214之后查看某张图片时打开的用户界面。The user interface 41 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 4A-4D may be an implementation of the "view picture interface". The user interface 41 may be provided by a “WeChat” application, a “Facebook” application, a “photo album” application or other applications. The user interface 41 may be a user interface opened when the user clicks the WeChat icon 206, the Facebook icon 209, or the gallery icon 214 in FIG. 2A to view a certain picture.
如图4A-图4D所示,用户界面41可包括:状态栏401和图片402。状态栏401可参考图2A所示的用户界面21中的状态栏201,这里不再赘述。图片402为用户当前查看的图片,该图片可以是电子设备访问的云端设备上所存储的图片,也可以是电子设备本地端所存储的图片,本申请对此不做限制。在一些实施例中,用户界面41还可包括可隐藏的导航栏(图中未示出),该导航栏可参考图2A所示的用户界面21中的导航栏205,这里不再赘述。As shown in FIGS. 4A-4D, the user interface 41 may include: a status bar 401 and a picture 402. For the status bar 401, refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here. The picture 402 is a picture currently viewed by the user. The picture may be a picture stored on a cloud device accessed by the electronic device, or a picture stored on the local end of the electronic device, which is not limited in this application. In some embodiments, the user interface 41 may further include a concealable navigation bar (not shown in the figure). For the navigation bar, refer to the navigation bar 205 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which is not repeated here.
在“情感识别”未开启的情况下,用户可以开启“情感识别”。参见图4A及图4B,其示出了一种可能的开启“情感识别”的方式。When "emotion recognition" is not turned on, users can turn on "emotion recognition". Refer to Figures 4A and 4B, which show a possible way to turn on "emotion recognition".
如图4A所示,电子设备可以检测到作用于图片402的操作(如用户在图片402上的长按、重压或双击等操作),响应于该操作,该电子设备可以显示如图4B所示的菜单403。菜单403中可包括多个用于触发电子设备处理该图片的控件,例如分享控件403A、保存控件403B、收藏控件403C、情感识别控件403D。菜单403中的控件可用于监听用户操作(如触摸操作),响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以对该图片做对应的处理,如分享、保存、收藏或情感识别等。在一些实施例中,菜单403中还可包括更多控件403E。更多控件403E可用于监听用户操作(如触摸操作),响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以显示更多的用于触发电子设备处理该图片的控件,如删除控件、移动控件等。这里,菜单403中的控件的表现形式可以为图标和/或文本信息。As shown in FIG. 4A, the electronic device can detect an operation that acts on the picture 402 (such as a user's long-press, heavy-press, or double-click operations on the picture 402), and in response to the operation, the electronic device can display the image shown in FIG. 4B Show menu 403. The menu 403 may include multiple controls for triggering the electronic device to process the picture, such as a sharing control 403A, a saving control 403B, a favorite control 403C, and an emotion recognition control 403D. The controls in the menu 403 can be used to monitor user operations (such as touch operations), and in response to the detected user operations, the electronic device can perform corresponding processing on the picture, such as sharing, saving, collecting, or emotion recognition. In some embodiments, the menu 403 may also include more controls 403E. More controls 403E can be used to monitor user operations (such as touch operations). In response to the detected user operations, the electronic device can display more controls for triggering the electronic device to process the picture, such as delete controls, move controls, and so on. Here, the manifestation of the controls in the menu 403 may be icons and/or text information.
菜单403中的情感识别控件403D可用于监听触发开启“情感识别”的操作。响应于检测到的作用于情感识别控件403D的操作(如在情感识别图标上的触摸操作),电子设备开启“情感识别”。The emotion recognition control 403D in the menu 403 can be used to monitor and trigger the operation of enabling "emotion recognition". In response to the detected operation (such as a touch operation on the emotion recognition icon) acting on the emotion recognition control 403D, the electronic device turns on "emotion recognition".
不限于图4B所示的用户在情感识别控件403D上输入用户操作来开启“情感识别”的方式,电子设备还可以通过其他方式来开启“情感识别”。例如,用户还可以在如图2B所示的窗口217中开启“情感识别”等,本申请对此不做限制。It is not limited to the manner in which the user inputs a user operation on the emotion recognition control 403D as shown in FIG. 4B to turn on "emotion recognition", the electronic device can also turn on "emotion recognition" in other ways. For example, the user can also enable "emotion recognition" in the window 217 shown in FIG. 2B, which is not limited in this application.
在“情感识别”已开启但电子设备还未识别到用户情感的情况下,如图4C所示,图片402上可以显示有提示信息404。其中,提示信息404可以用于提示用户电子设备正在识别用户的情感状态。提示信息404可以参考图3B所示的提示信息308,在此不再赘述。When the "emotion recognition" is turned on but the electronic device has not yet recognized the user's emotion, as shown in FIG. 4C, a prompt message 404 may be displayed on the picture 402. The prompt information 404 may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device is recognizing the emotional state of the user. For the prompt information 404, reference may be made to the prompt information 308 shown in FIG. 3B, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,在电子设备还未识别到用户的情感状态时,该电子设备也可以不在图 片402上呈现任何其他内容,即空白,可以此来表示当前还未识别到用户的情感状态。In some embodiments, when the electronic device has not yet recognized the user's emotional state, the electronic device may not present any other content on the picture 402, that is, blank, which can indicate that the user's emotional state has not yet been recognized.
若经过一段时间,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态,则该电子设备可以更新图片402上所显示的内容,更新后的图片402中可显示有提示信息405。其中,提示信息405可以用于提示用户电子设备已经识别到的用户的情感状态。提示信息405可以参考图3C所示的提示信息309,在此不再赘述。这里,电子设备识别用户的情感状态的具体实施方式可参照前文的相关描述,在此不再赘述。If the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state after a period of time, the electronic device may update the content displayed on the picture 402, and the updated picture 402 may display prompt information 405. The prompt information 405 may be used to prompt the user's emotional state that has been recognized by the electronic device. For the prompt information 405, reference may be made to the prompt information 309 shown in FIG. 3C, which is not repeated here. Here, the specific implementation manner for the electronic device to recognize the user's emotional state can refer to the relevant description above, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,该电子设备可以直接在图片402上显示和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素。In some embodiments, after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, the electronic device may directly display the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state on the picture 402.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,图4D所示的用户界面41中的部分或全部的提示信息405可以用于接收触发电子设备呈现和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素的操作。例如,提示信息405“识别到用户处于开心状态,点击查看”中的部分文字“点击查看”可用于接收触发电子设备呈现和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素的操作。该操作可以为轻触、重压或长按等操作。这里,和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素可以存储在电子设备本地端,也可以存储在云端服务器。也就是说,电子设备识别到用户的情感状态后,可以从本地端或者从云端服务器处获取到和该情感状态相对应的情感元素。In other embodiments, after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, part or all of the prompt information 405 in the user interface 41 shown in FIG. 4D can be used to receive triggers that the electronic device presents corresponding to the user's emotional state The manipulation of emotional elements. For example, part of the text "click to view" in the prompt message 405 "Identifies that the user is in a happy state, click to view" can be used to receive an operation that triggers the electronic device to present an emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state. The operation can be light touch, heavy press or long press. Here, the emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state can be stored in the local end of the electronic device, or can be stored in the cloud server. That is, after the electronic device recognizes the emotional state of the user, it can obtain the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state from the local end or from the cloud server.
图4E-图4H示例性示出的用户界面41可以为电子设备呈现和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素的几种实现方式。The user interface 41 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 4E-4H can present several implementation ways of emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state for the electronic device.
图4E示出了一种电子设备显示和用户的情感状态相对应的一个情感元素的方式。如图4E所示,用户界面41中显示有情感状态“开心”对应的一个情感元素,该情感元素为表情包406A。这里,情感状态“开心”对应的情感元素可以有一个或多个,表情包406A可以是该情感状态“开心”对应的一个或多个情感元素中的任意一个或者电子设备默认的一个。FIG. 4E shows a way for an electronic device to display an emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state. As shown in FIG. 4E, an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "happy" is displayed in the user interface 41, and the emotional element is an emoticon package 406A. Here, there may be one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy", and the emoticon package 406A may be any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" or a default one of the electronic device.
图4F示出了一种电子设备显示和用户的情感状态相对应的多个情感元素的方式。如图4F所示,用户界面41中显示有情感状态“开心”对应的多个情感元素,包括表情包406A、文字气泡406B、文字气泡406C和文本信息406D,以及图片402所呈现的高饱和度。该多个情感元素可以是情感状态“开心”对应的多个情感元素中的部分或者全部。FIG. 4F shows a way for an electronic device to display multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state of the user. As shown in FIG. 4F, the user interface 41 displays multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy", including emoticons 406A, text bubbles 406B, text bubbles 406C, and text information 406D, as well as the high saturation presented by the picture 402 . The multiple emotional elements may be part or all of the multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
可理解的,不限于图4E及图4F中在用户界面41上显示的情感元素,电子设备还可以呈现其他情感元素。例如电子设备还可调节取景框305中图像的构图方式、光影效果、饱和度、色调以及色彩,还可以通过扬声器170A播放背景音乐等,从而反映用户当前的情感状态。It is understandable that it is not limited to the emotional elements displayed on the user interface 41 in FIGS. 4E and 4F, and the electronic device may also present other emotional elements. For example, the electronic device can also adjust the composition, light and shadow effects, saturation, hue, and color of the image in the viewfinder 305, and can also play background music through the speaker 170A to reflect the current emotional state of the user.
在一些实施例中,图4E及图4F所示的用户界面41还可包括控件407。控件407可用于监听触发电子设备停止呈现任何情感元素的操作。响应于该用户操作,电子设备停止呈现任何情感元素。In some embodiments, the user interface 41 shown in FIG. 4E and FIG. 4F may further include a control 407. The control 407 can be used to monitor the operation that triggers the electronic device to stop presenting any emotional element. In response to the user operation, the electronic device stops presenting any emotional elements.
图4G-4H示出了又一种电子设备呈现和用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素的方式。如图4G所示,用户界面41中显示有小窗口409。小窗口409中可包括情感元素的图标409A、文本信息“情感元素”409B、多个情感元素选项例如“原图”409C、高饱和度409D、文字气泡“快乐生活!”409E、表情包409F、文本信息“白日放歌须纵酒,青春作伴好还乡”409G、背景音乐“歌曲‘今天是个好日子’”409H等。小窗口409中的各个情感元素选项可用于监听触发电子设备呈现和该选项对应的情感元素的操作。小窗口409中的各个情感元素选项可参考图3F所示的用户界面31中的小窗口311中的各个情感元素选项,在此不再赘述。Figures 4G-4H show yet another way for an electronic device to present emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state. As shown in FIG. 4G, a small window 409 is displayed in the user interface 41. The small window 409 may include the icon 409A of the emotional element, the text information "emotional element" 409B, multiple emotional element options such as "original image" 409C, high saturation 409D, text bubble "Happy life!" 409E, emoticon package 409F, The text message "Singing in the daytime must be indulging in wine, youth is a good company to return home" 409G, background music "Song "Today is a good day"" 409H, etc. Each emotional element option in the small window 409 can be used to monitor the operation of triggering the electronic device to present the emotional element corresponding to the option. The various emotional element options in the small window 409 can refer to the various emotional element options in the small window 311 in the user interface 31 shown in FIG. 3F, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的实施方式中,如图4H所示的用户界面41中仅能呈现一个情感元素,当电 子设备检测到作用于小窗口409中下一个情感元素选项的操作时,电子设备停止呈现上一个情感元素并开始呈现该下一个情感元素。在另一种可能的实施方式中,如图4H所示的用户界面41中可以呈现多个情感元素,当电子设备检测到作用于情感元素选项的操作(如触摸操作)时,电子设备即呈现和该情感元素选项对应的情感元素,当电子设备再一次检测到作用于该情感元素选项的操作(如触摸操作)时,电子设备可停止呈现和该情感元素选项对应的情感元素。In a possible implementation manner, only one emotional element can be presented in the user interface 41 as shown in FIG. 4H. When the electronic device detects an operation acting on the next emotional element option in the small window 409, the electronic device stops presenting The previous emotional element and begin to present the next emotional element. In another possible implementation manner, multiple emotional elements may be presented in the user interface 41 as shown in FIG. 4H. When the electronic device detects an operation (such as a touch operation) acting on the emotional element option, the electronic device presents For the emotional element corresponding to the emotional element option, when the electronic device detects an operation (such as a touch operation) acting on the emotional element option again, the electronic device may stop presenting the emotional element corresponding to the emotional element option.
在一些实施例中,小窗口409中还可以显示有控件409I和/或控件409J。控件409I或控件409J可用于用户切换或更新小窗口409中显示的情感元素选项,这样可查看更多的和当前用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素。不限于上述控件,其他交互元素也可以用于用户切换小窗口409中显示的情感元素选项。在其他一些情况下,用户还可以在小窗口409中做出向左或向右的滑动手势来切换或更新小窗口409中显示的情感元素选项。In some embodiments, the small window 409 may also display a control 409I and/or a control 409J. The control 409I or the control 409J can be used for the user to switch or update the emotional element options displayed in the small window 409, so that more emotional elements corresponding to the current user's emotional state can be viewed. Not limited to the above-mentioned controls, other interactive elements may also be used for the user to switch the emotional element options displayed in the small window 409. In some other cases, the user may also make a left or right sliding gesture in the small window 409 to switch or update the emotional element options displayed in the small window 409.
如图4G及图4H所示,小窗口409还可包括控件409K。控件409K可用于监听触发停止显示小窗口409且停止呈现任何情感元素的操作。响应于检测到的作用于控件409K上的操作(如在文本“取消”上的触摸操作),电子设备停止显示小窗口409并停止呈现任何情感元素。As shown in FIGS. 4G and 4H, the small window 409 may also include a control 409K. The control 409K can be used to monitor the operation of triggering to stop displaying the small window 409 and stop presenting any emotional elements. In response to the detected operation on the control 409K (such as a touch operation on the text "Cancel"), the electronic device stops displaying the small window 409 and stops presenting any emotional elements.
在一些实施例中,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,该电子设备可以关联存储用户查看的图片和该用户当前的情感状态。在本申请实施例中,电子设备可以将用户查看的图片和该用户当前的情感状态关联存储到本地,也可以将用户查看的图片和该用户当前的情感状态关联存储到云端服务器,本申请对此不做限制。示例性地,参见图4D,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,用户可以在图片402上输入用户操作(如在图片402上的长按、重压或双击等操作),响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以在用户界面41的图片402上显示如图4B所示的小窗口403。用户可以在小窗口403中的保存控件403B上输入用户操作(如触摸操作),响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以关联存储如图4D所示的图片402和识别到的用户当前的情感状态“开心”。不限于在小窗口403中的保存控件403B上输入的用户操作,电子设备还可以响应于其他用户操作关联存储用户查看的图片和识别到的用户当前的情感状态,例如用户还可以通过输入语音“保存”等方式触发电子设备关联存储用户查看的图片和识别到的用户当前的情感状态。这里,电子设备存储图片以及用户当前的情感状态的方式可参考应用场景一中的相关描述,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, the electronic device may store the picture viewed by the user in association with the user's current emotional state. In the embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may store the pictures viewed by the user and the current emotional state of the user locally, or store the pictures viewed by the user and the current emotional state of the user in a cloud server. There is no restriction. Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 4D, after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, the user can input a user operation on the picture 402 (such as a long press, heavy press, or double-click on the picture 402), in response to the detected With this user operation, the electronic device can display a small window 403 as shown in FIG. 4B on the picture 402 of the user interface 41. The user can input a user operation (such as a touch operation) on the save control 403B in the small window 403. In response to the detected user operation, the electronic device can store the picture 402 as shown in FIG. 4D and the identified user's current The emotional state is "happy". Not limited to user operations entered on the save control 403B in the small window 403, the electronic device can also store pictures viewed by the user and the recognized current emotional state of the user in response to other user operations. For example, the user can also input voice " Means such as “save” trigger the electronic device to store the picture viewed by the user and the current emotional state of the user identified. Here, the manner in which the electronic device stores the picture and the user's current emotional state can refer to the related description in the application scenario 1, which will not be repeated here.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态后,可以关联存储用户查看的图片和与用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素。电子设备关联存储用户查看的图片和与用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素时,该情感元素可以是一个或多个。在本申请实施例中,电子设备可以将用户查看的图片和与用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素存储到本地,也可以将用户查看的图片和与用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素关联存储到云端服务器,本申请对此不做限制。In other embodiments, after the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, it can store the pictures viewed by the user and the emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state in association with each other. When the electronic device associates and stores the picture viewed by the user and the emotional element corresponding to the user's emotional state, there may be one or more emotional elements. In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device may store the pictures viewed by the user and the emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state locally, and may also store the pictures viewed by the user and the emotional elements corresponding to the user's emotional state in association with each other. To the cloud server, this application does not restrict this.
示例性地,如图4E所示,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态并且在用户界面41上显示有与情感状态“开心”对应的一个情感元素表情包406A。图4E所示的用户界面41还可包括控件408,该控件408可用于监听触发电子设备关联存储用户查看的图片和与用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素的操作。响应于检测到的作用于控件408上的用户操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可以关联存储如图4E所示的图片402和情感元素表情包406A。这里,控件408的表现形式可以为文本或图标等,本申请对此不做限制。Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 4E, the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state and displays an emotional element emoticon package 406A corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 41. The user interface 41 shown in FIG. 4E may further include a control 408, which can be used to monitor and trigger the operation of the electronic device to associate and store the picture viewed by the user and the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state of the user. In response to a detected user operation (such as a touch operation) acting on the control 408, the electronic device may store the picture 402 and the emotional element emoticon package 406A as shown in FIG. 4E in association. Here, the expression form of the control 408 may be text or icon, etc., which is not limited in this application.
又示例性地,如图4H所示,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态并且在用户界面41上显示有与情感状态“开心”对应的一个情感元素文字气泡“快乐生活!”406B。图4H所示的用户界面41中的小窗口407中还可包括控件409L,该控件409L可用于监听触发电子设备关联存储用户查看的图片和与用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素的操作。响应于检测到的作用于控件409L上的用户操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可以关联存储如图4H所示的图片402和情感元素表情包406A。这里,控件409L的表现形式可以为文本或图标等,本申请对此不做限制。For another example, as shown in FIG. 4H, the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state and displays an emotional element text bubble "Happy Life!" 406B corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 41. The small window 407 in the user interface 41 shown in FIG. 4H may also include a control 409L, which can be used to monitor the operation of triggering the electronic device to associate and store the picture viewed by the user and the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state of the user. In response to a detected user operation (such as a touch operation) acting on the control 409L, the electronic device may store the picture 402 and the emotional element emoticon package 406A as shown in FIG. 4H in association. Here, the expression form of the control 409L may be text or icon, etc., which is not limited in this application.
再示例性地,如图4F所示,电子设备识别到了用户的情感状态,并且在用户界面41上显示有与情感状态“开心”对应的多个情感元素如表情包406A、文字气泡406B、文字气泡406C和文本信息406D,还播放了情感元素歌曲“今天是个好日子”,并以高饱和度显示图片402。图4F所示的用户界面41还可包括控件408,该控件408可用于监听触发电子设备关联存储用户查看的图片和与用户的情感状态相对应的情感元素的操作。响应于检测到的作用于控件408上的用户操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可以关联存储如图4F所示的图片402和情感元素表情包406A、文字气泡406B、文字气泡406C、文本信息406D、歌曲“今天是个好日子”以及高饱和度的指示信息。这里,控件408的表现形式可以为文本或图标等,本申请对此不做限制。As another example, as shown in FIG. 4F, the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, and displays multiple emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" on the user interface 41, such as emoticons 406A, text bubbles 406B, and text The bubble 406C and the text message 406D also play the emotional element song "Today is a Good Day", and the picture 402 is displayed with high saturation. The user interface 41 shown in FIG. 4F may further include a control 408, which may be used to monitor and trigger the operation of the electronic device to associate and store the picture viewed by the user and the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state of the user. In response to a detected user operation (such as a touch operation) acting on the control 408, the electronic device may associate and store the picture 402 shown in FIG. 4F with the emotional element emoticon package 406A, text bubble 406B, text bubble 406C, and text information 406D. , The song "Today is a good day" and instructions with high saturation. Here, the expression form of the control 408 may be text or icon, etc., which is not limited in this application.
在上述图4E、图4F及图4H示例中,不限于在保存控件408或者保存控件409L上输入的用户操作,电子设备还可以响应于其他用户操作关联存储获取到的图像和情感元素。例如,用户还可以通过输入语音“保存”等方式触发电子设备关联存储获取到的图像和情感元素,本申请实施例对此不做限制。4E, 4F, and 4H are not limited to user operations input on the save control 408 or the save control 409L. The electronic device may also store the acquired images and emotional elements in association with other user operations. For example, the user can also trigger the electronic device to associate and store the acquired image and emotional element by inputting a voice "save", etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在上述图4D、图4E、图4F及图4H示例中,不限于响应于用户操作来关联存储获取到的图像和情感状态/情感元素,电子设备还可以在识别到用户的情感状态之后自动关联存储获取到的图像和情感状态/情感元素,本申请实施例对此不做限制。In the above examples of Figure 4D, Figure 4E, Figure 4F, and Figure 4H, it is not limited to associating and storing the acquired images and emotional states/emotional elements in response to user operations. The electronic device can also automatically associate after recognizing the user's emotional state. The acquired images and emotional states/emotional elements are stored, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,电子设备可以根据不同的情感状态将获取到的图像存储到不同的区域。例如,电子设备可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“开心”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“开心”关联存储到第一区域,可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“浪漫”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“浪漫”关联存储到第二区域,可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“平静”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“平静”关联存储到第三区域。又例如,电子设备可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“开心”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“开心”对应的情感元素关联存储到第四区域,可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“浪漫”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“浪漫”对应的情感元素关联存储到第五区域,可以将所有在用户的情感状态为“平静”时获取到的图像以及该情感状态“平静”对应的情感元素关联存储到第六区域。上述第一区域至第六区域可以位于电子设备本地端,也可以位于云端服务器。In some embodiments, the electronic device may store the acquired images in different areas according to different emotional states. For example, the electronic device can store all the images acquired when the user’s emotional state is "happy" and the emotional state "happy" in the first area, and can store all the images acquired when the user's emotional state is "romantic" The image of and the emotional state "romance" is associated and stored in the second area, and all the images obtained when the user's emotional state is "calm" and the emotional state "calm" can be associated and stored in the third area. For another example, the electronic device can store all the images acquired when the user’s emotional state is "happy" and the emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" in the fourth area, and can store all the user's emotional states as " The image obtained during "romance" and the emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "romantic" are stored in the fifth area. All the images obtained when the user's emotional state is "calm" and the emotional state "calm" can be associated The emotional elements are stored in the sixth area. The above-mentioned first area to sixth area may be located at the local end of the electronic device, or may be located at the cloud server.
不限于图4A-图4H所示,“查看图片界面”的页面布局还可以呈现其他形式,本实施例对此不做限制。Not limited to those shown in FIGS. 4A to 4H, the page layout of the "view picture interface" may also present other forms, which is not limited in this embodiment.
通过图4A-图4H示例性示出的UI实施例,电子设备可以在用户查看图片时识别用户当前的情感状态,并根据用户需要关联存储用户查看的图片和识别到的用户当前的情感状态,或者,根据用户需要关联存储用户查看的图片和与用户当前的情感状态相对应的情感元素。这样可以记录用户的情感,可以达到关注用户情感,便于在需要时重现用户情感的目的,提升了用户对电子设备的使用体验。Through the UI embodiments exemplarily shown in Figs. 4A-4H, the electronic device can recognize the user’s current emotional state when the user views a picture, and store the picture viewed by the user in association with the recognized current emotional state of the user according to user needs, Or, the pictures viewed by the user and the emotional elements corresponding to the current emotional state of the user are associated and stored according to the needs of the user. In this way, the user's emotion can be recorded, and the purpose of paying attention to the user's emotion can be achieved, and the user's emotion can be easily reproduced when needed, and the user's experience of using the electronic device can be improved.
不限于图4A-图4H示例性示出的查看图片的场景,电子设备还可以在用户查看视频或其他类型的图像时识别用户的情感状态,并可根据用户需要关联存储用户查看的图像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态,或者,可根据用户需要关联存储用户查看的图像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态相对应的情感元素。Not limited to the image viewing scenes exemplarily shown in Figures 4A-4H, the electronic device can also recognize the user’s emotional state when the user views a video or other types of images, and can store the images viewed by the user and the recognition as needed. The current emotional state of the user can be obtained, or the image viewed by the user can be associated and stored according to the user's needs and the emotional element corresponding to the recognized current emotional state of the user.
在本申请涉及的查看图片场景中,“查看图片界面”可以称为第一用户界面,查看的图片可以称为第一图像,保存的图片可以称为第二图像,第一图像和第二图像相同。该“查看图片界面”的示例性实现方式可参照图4A-图4H所示的用户界面41。该第一图像和第二图像例如可以是图4A-图4H所示用户界面中的图片402。In the picture viewing scene involved in this application, the "picture viewing interface" may be referred to as the first user interface, the viewed picture may be referred to as the first image, and the saved picture may be referred to as the second image, the first image and the second image the same. Refer to the user interface 41 shown in FIGS. 4A to 4H for an exemplary implementation of the "viewing picture interface". The first image and the second image may be pictures 402 in the user interface shown in FIGS. 4A-4H, for example.
在本申请涉及的查看图片场景中,可以将用户在查看图片时电子设备识别到的用户的情感状态称为第一情感状态。当电子设备关联存储第二图像和与识别到的第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素时,该与识别到的第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素可以被称为第一情感元素。In the picture viewing scene involved in this application, the emotional state of the user recognized by the electronic device when the user views the picture may be referred to as the first emotional state. When the electronic device stores the second image and one or more emotional elements corresponding to the recognized first emotional state in association, the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the recognized first emotional state may be referred to as The first emotional element.
在本申请涉及的查看图片场景中,可以将第一用户界面中包括的用于监听保存图片的控件称为第一交互元素,例如图4E-图4F中的控件408、图4H中的控件409L;可以将作用于该第一交互元素的操作称为第一操作,例如作用于控件408或409L上的触摸操作。In the picture viewing scene involved in this application, the control included in the first user interface for monitoring and saving pictures may be referred to as the first interactive element, for example, the control 408 in FIG. 4E-FIG. 4F and the control 409L in FIG. 4H ; The operation acting on the first interactive element can be referred to as the first operation, for example, a touch operation acting on the control 408 or 409L.
在本申请中,可以将用于开启“情感识别”的操作称为第四操作。响应于该第四操作,即开启“情感识别”后,电子设备可以通过配置的硬件装置或者通过启动连接到所述电子设备的其他设备的硬件装置采集用户的行为数据,根据用户的行为数据来识别用户当前处在的情感状态。电子设备识别用户的情感状态的具体实现方式可参照前文相关描述。In this application, the operation for turning on "emotion recognition" may be referred to as the fourth operation. In response to the fourth operation, that is, after turning on "emotion recognition", the electronic device can collect the user's behavior data through the configured hardware device or by starting the hardware device of other devices connected to the electronic device. Identify the current emotional state of the user. For the specific implementation of the electronic device recognizing the user's emotional state, please refer to the previous description.
在一些实施例中,第一用户界面中可包括第二交互元素,该第二交互元素用于监听开启所述情感识别服务的操作。第四操作可以是作用于第一用户界面中的第二交互元素上的操作(例如触摸操作)。该第二交互元素的示例性实现方式可包括图3A中的控件307或图4B中控件403D。In some embodiments, the first user interface may include a second interaction element, and the second interaction element is used to monitor the operation of starting the emotion recognition service. The fourth operation may be an operation (for example, a touch operation) acting on the second interaction element in the first user interface. An exemplary implementation of the second interactive element may include the control 307 in FIG. 3A or the control 403D in FIG. 4B.
(三)应用场景三:电子设备再现用户的情感状态的场景(3) Application scenario 3: A scenario where the electronic device reproduces the user's emotional state
电子设备关联存储图像和识别到的用户当前的情感状态之后,或者,电子设备关联存储图像和与识别到的用户当前情感状态相对应的情感元素之后,电子设备可以在用户再次查看该图像时呈现对应的情感元素。该情感元素为和该图像关联存储的情感状态相对应的情感元素,或者,该情感元素为和该图像关联存储的情感元素。用户在看到这些情感元素后,可以体验到对应的情感状态,产生情感上的共鸣,即再现获取该图像时的情感状态。其中,该图像可以是静态图片、动态图片以及视频等。电子设备关联存储获取到的图像和情感状态/情感元素的具体实现可参照前文应用场景一及应用场景二的相关描述。After the electronic device stores the image in association with the current emotional state of the recognized user, or after the electronic device stores the image and the emotional element corresponding to the recognized user's current emotional state, the electronic device can present the image when the user views the image again Corresponding emotional elements. The emotional element is an emotional element corresponding to an emotional state stored in association with the image, or the emotional element is an emotional element stored in association with the image. After seeing these emotional elements, the user can experience the corresponding emotional state and generate emotional resonance, that is, reproduce the emotional state when the image is acquired. Among them, the image can be a static picture, a dynamic picture, a video, and so on. For the specific implementation of the images and emotional states/emotional elements acquired in the associated storage of the electronic device, refer to the related descriptions of the application scenario 1 and the application scenario 2 above.
以下图5A-图5K示例性示出的实施例中,电子设备关联存储图像和情感状态/情感元素之后,可以在用户再次查看该图像时根据用户需要呈现对应的情感元素。In the following exemplary embodiments shown in FIGS. 5A to 5K, after the electronic device associates and stores the image and the emotional state/emotional element, the corresponding emotional element can be presented according to the user's needs when the user views the image again.
下面首先说明用于用户选择图像进行查看的相关用户界面。The following first describes the related user interface for the user to select an image for viewing.
图5A-图5C示例性示出了用于用户选择图像进行查看的相关用户界面。5A-5C exemplarily show related user interfaces for the user to select an image for viewing.
图5A示例性示出的用户界面51可以用于展示多个相册。该用户界面51可以是“图库”应用提供的。“图库”是安装于智能手机、平板电脑等电子设备上的一款用于展示图像的应用程序,本申请实施例对该应用程序的名称不做限制。该应用程序可以支持展示存储于电子设备本地端或者云端服务器上的图像。该用户界面51可以是用户点击图2A中的图库图标214 打开的用户界面。The user interface 51 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5A may be used to display multiple photo albums. The user interface 51 may be provided by the "Gallery" application. "Gallery" is an application program for displaying images installed on electronic devices such as smart phones, tablet computers, and the embodiment of the application does not limit the name of the application program. The application can support displaying images stored on the local end of the electronic device or on a cloud server. The user interface 51 may be a user interface opened by the user clicking on the gallery icon 214 in FIG. 2A.
如图5A所示,用户界面51可包括:状态栏501、应用程序标题栏、一个或多个相册条目、菜单504和导航栏505。As shown in FIG. 5A, the user interface 51 may include: a status bar 501, an application title bar, one or more album entries, a menu 504, and a navigation bar 505.
状态栏501可参考图2A所示的用户界面21中的状态栏201,这里不再赘述。The status bar 501 can refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
应用程序标题栏可包括当前页面指示符502。当前页面指示符502可用于指示当前页面,例如文本信息“相册”。不限于文本信息,当前页面指示符502还可以是图标。The application title bar may include a current page indicator 502. The current page indicator 502 may be used to indicate the current page, for example, the text information "album". Not limited to text information, the current page indicator 502 may also be an icon.
相册条目可包括:所有照片相册条目、所有视频相册条目、相机相册条目、截屏目录相册条目、微信相册条目、微博相册条目,以及以电子设备获取图像时用户的情感状态分类的一个或多个相册条目例如开心相册条目503A、浪漫相册条目503B、生气相册条目503C和忧伤相册条目503D。其中,开心相册条目503A下的图像为用户的情感状态为“开心”时获取到的,浪漫相册条目503A下的图像为用户的情感状态为“浪漫”时获取到的,生气相册条目503A下的图像为用户的情感状态为“生气”时获取到的,忧伤相册条目503A下的图像为用户的情感状态为“忧伤”时获取到的。各个相册条目可用于监听触发电子设备显示对应相册下的图像的操作(如触摸操作),响应于该操作,电子设备可打开用于显示对应相册下的图像的用户界面。Album entries can include: all photo album entries, all video album entries, camera album entries, screenshot catalog album entries, WeChat album entries, Weibo album entries, and one or more of the categories of the user’s emotional state when the image is acquired by the electronic device The album entries are, for example, a happy album entry 503A, a romantic album entry 503B, an angry album entry 503C, and a sad album entry 503D. Among them, the image under the happy album entry 503A is obtained when the user's emotional state is "happy", the image under the romantic album entry 503A is obtained when the user's emotional state is "romantic", and the image under the angry album entry 503A The image is obtained when the user's emotional state is "angry", and the image under the sadness album entry 503A is obtained when the user's emotional state is "sorrow". Each album entry can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the electronic device to display the image under the corresponding album. In response to this operation, the electronic device can open a user interface for displaying the image under the corresponding album.
用户可以在相册条目上输入向上或向下滑动的手势,查看更多的相册条目。各个相册条目可用于监听触发显示对应相册下的图像的用户操作(例如触摸操作)。不限于图5A所示的相册条目,电子设备还可以在用户界面51中显示更多或更少的相册条目,本申请实施例对此不做限制。这里,用户界面51中各个相册条目的名称可以是用户自主设置的,也可以是电子设备默认设置的,本申请实施例对此不做限制。The user can enter an upward or downward swipe gesture on the album entry to view more album entries. Each album entry can be used to monitor user operations (such as touch operations) that trigger the display of images under the corresponding album. Not limited to the album entries shown in FIG. 5A, the electronic device may also display more or fewer album entries in the user interface 51, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Here, the name of each album entry in the user interface 51 may be set independently by the user, or may be set by default by the electronic device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
菜单504包括一个或多个用于对相册做处理的相关控件,例如控件504A、控件504B和控件504C。控件504A可用于监听触发搜索相册的用户操作(例如触摸操作),控件504B可用于监听触发新建相册的用户操作(例如触摸操作),控件504C可用于监听触发显示更多的用于对相册做处理的用户操作(例如触摸操作)。这里,用于对相册做处理的相关控件的表现形式可以为图标或文本信息。The menu 504 includes one or more related controls for processing the album, such as a control 504A, a control 504B, and a control 504C. Control 504A can be used to monitor user operations that trigger the search for albums (such as touch operations), control 504B can be used to monitor user operations that trigger new albums (such as touch operations), and control 504C can be used to monitor and trigger display more for processing albums User operations (such as touch operations). Here, the expression form of the related controls used to process the album may be an icon or text information.
导航栏505可参考图2A所示的用户界面21中的导航栏205,这里不再赘述。The navigation bar 505 can refer to the navigation bar 205 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
图5B示例性示出的用户界面52可用于展示开心相册下的图像。该用户界面52可以是用户点击图5A中的开心相册条目503A打开的用户界面。如图5B所示,该用户界面52可包括:状态栏506、应用程序标题栏、图像区域510。The user interface 52 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5B can be used to display the images in the happy album. The user interface 52 may be a user interface opened by the user clicking on the happy album entry 503A in FIG. 5A. As shown in FIG. 5B, the user interface 52 may include: a status bar 506, an application title bar, and an image area 510.
状态栏506可参考图2A所示的用户界面21中的状态栏201,这里不再赘述。The status bar 506 can refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
应用程序标题栏可包括:返回键509、当前页面指示符507和508。返回键509为APP级返回键,可用于返回菜单上一级。用户界面52的上一级页面为如图5A所示的用户界面51。本领域技术人员可以理解,一个页面的逻辑上一级是固定的,在应用程序设计时便已确定。当前页面指示符507和508可用于指示当前页面,例如文本信息“相册”“开心”可用于指示当前页面用于展示开心相册下的图像,不限于文本信息,当前页面指示符507和508还可以是图标。The application title bar may include: a return key 509, current page indicators 507 and 508. The return key 509 is an APP-level return key, which can be used to return to the upper level of the menu. The upper level page of the user interface 52 is the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 5A. Those skilled in the art can understand that the logical upper level of a page is fixed and has been determined during application design. The current page indicators 507 and 508 can be used to indicate the current page. For example, the text information "album" and "happy" can be used to indicate that the current page is used to display images in the happy album. It is not limited to text information. The current page indicators 507 and 508 can also be used. Is the icon.
图像区域510中可显示有一个或多个图像,该图像可以包括图片或者视频,例如图片510A、510B、510D-510H、510J-510L和视频510C、510I。图片区域510中显示的图像可以是缩略图。此时,图像区域510中的缩略图对应的原图可以存储于电子设备上,也可以存储于云端服务器上。One or more images may be displayed in the image area 510, and the images may include pictures or videos, such as pictures 510A, 510B, 510D-510H, 510J-510L and videos 510C, 510I. The image displayed in the picture area 510 may be a thumbnail. At this time, the original image corresponding to the thumbnail in the image area 510 may be stored on the electronic device, or may be stored on the cloud server.
在一些实施例中,图像区域510中的图像上还可以显示提示信息,该提示信息可用于提 示用户该图像关联存储有用户的情感状态或者情感元素。示例性地,该提示信息可以为图5B中的图标510M。In some embodiments, prompt information may also be displayed on the image in the image area 510, and the prompt information may be used to remind the user that the image is associated with the user's emotional state or emotional elements. Exemplarily, the prompt information may be the icon 510M in FIG. 5B.
在一些实施例中,图像区域510中还可包括控件510N,控件510N可用于用户切换图像区域510中显示的图像,这样可查看更多的当前相册下的图像。在其他一些情况下,用户还可以在图像区域510中做出向上或向下的滑动手势来浏览更多的图像。In some embodiments, the image area 510 may further include a control 510N, and the control 510N may be used for the user to switch the images displayed in the image area 510, so that more images in the current album can be viewed. In some other cases, the user can also make an upward or downward sliding gesture in the image area 510 to browse more images.
图像区域510中的各个图像可用于监听触发显示对应的图像的操作(如触摸操作)。示例性地,图像510E可接收输入的用户操作(如触摸操作),响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以显示如图5C所示的用户界面53。如图5C所示,用户界面53可包括:状态栏511、应用程序标题栏、图像区域514以及一个或多个用于处理图像的控件。Each image in the image area 510 can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the display of the corresponding image. Exemplarily, the image 510E may receive an input user operation (such as a touch operation), and in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device may display a user interface 53 as shown in FIG. 5C. As shown in FIG. 5C, the user interface 53 may include: a status bar 511, an application title bar, an image area 514, and one or more controls for processing images.
状态栏511可参考图2A所示的用户界面21中的状态栏201,这里不再赘述。The status bar 511 can refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
应用程序标题栏可包括:返回键512、图像信息指示符513。返回键512可用于返回菜单上一级。用户界面53的上一级页面为如图5B所示的用户界面52。图像信息指示符513可用于指示电子设备获取该图像时的地点及时间,例如图像信息指示符513可以为文本信息“深圳市-龙岗区2月9日9:00”。The application title bar may include: a return key 512 and an image information indicator 513. The return key 512 can be used to return to the upper level of the menu. The upper level page of the user interface 53 is the user interface 52 as shown in FIG. 5B. The image information indicator 513 can be used to indicate the location and time when the electronic device acquires the image. For example, the image information indicator 513 can be the text information "Shenzhen-Longgang District, February 9th, 9:00".
图像区域514可用于显示用户选择的图像。该图像可以为存储在电子设备本地端或者云端服务器上的原图。The image area 514 can be used to display an image selected by the user. The image may be an original image stored on the local end of the electronic device or on a cloud server.
用于处理图像的控件可用于监听触发电子设备对图像区域514显示的图像执行相应的处理的操作(如触摸操作)。用于处理图像的控件例如可包括控件515A、控件515B、控件515C和控件515D。The control for processing the image can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the electronic device to perform corresponding processing on the image displayed in the image area 514. The controls for processing images may include, for example, a control 515A, a control 515B, a control 515C, and a control 515D.
控件515A可用于监听触发电子设备将图像区域514显示的图像分享至其他用户设备(如智能手机)或云端服务器等的操作(如触摸操作)。响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以将该图像分享至其他用户设备或云端服务器。在其他一些实施例中,响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备还可以将该图像以及和该图像关联存储的情感状态/情感元素分享至其他用户设备或云端服务器。The control 515A can be used to monitor operations (such as touch operations) that trigger the electronic device to share the image displayed in the image area 514 to other user equipment (such as a smart phone) or a cloud server. In response to the detected user operation, the electronic device can share the image to other user devices or cloud servers. In some other embodiments, in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device may also share the image and the emotional state/emotional element stored in association with the image to other user devices or cloud servers.
控件515B可用于监听触发电子设备收藏图像区域514显示的图像的操作(如触摸操作)。响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以收藏该图像。在其他一些实施例中,响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备还可以收藏该图像以及和该图像关联存储的情感状态/情感元素。The control 515B can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the image displayed in the collection image area 514 of the electronic device. In response to the detected user operation, the electronic device can store the image. In some other embodiments, in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device may also collect the image and the emotional state/emotional element stored in association with the image.
控件515C可用于监听触发电子设备删除图像区域514显示的图像的操作(如触摸操作)。响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以删除该图像。在其他一些实施例中,响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备还可以删除该图像以及和该图像关联存储的情感状态/情感元素。这里,电子设备可以在本地端或者云端服务器执行该删除操作。The control 515C can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the electronic device to delete the image displayed in the image area 514. In response to the detected user operation, the electronic device may delete the image. In some other embodiments, in response to the detected user operation, the electronic device may also delete the image and the emotional state/emotional element stored in association with the image. Here, the electronic device can perform the deletion operation on the local end or the cloud server.
控件515D可用于监听触发电子设备呈现情感元素的操作(如触摸操作)。响应于检测到的该用户操作,电子设备可以在呈现对应的情感元素,该情感元素为和该图像关联存储的情感状态相对应的情感元素,或者,该情感元素为和该图像关联存储的情感元素。The control 515D can be used to monitor operations that trigger the electronic device to present emotional elements (such as touch operations). In response to the detected user operation, the electronic device may present a corresponding emotional element, which is an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image, or, the emotional element is an emotion stored in association with the image element.
在本申请其他的一些实施例中,不限于响应于在控件515D上接收到的用户操作,电子设备还可以通过其他的交互元素在用户查看图像时呈现对应的情感元素。例如,电子设备还可以在检测到作用于如图5B所示的图片510E上的操作(如触摸操作、双击操作、长按操作等)时,呈现对应的情感元素。In some other embodiments of the present application, not limited to responding to user operations received on the control 515D, the electronic device may also present corresponding emotional elements when the user views the image through other interactive elements. For example, the electronic device may also present corresponding emotional elements when detecting an operation (such as a touch operation, a double-click operation, a long press operation, etc.) acting on the picture 510E as shown in FIG. 5B.
当电子设备关联存储了获取到的图像和识别到的用户的情感状态时,电子设备可以获知和当前用户查看的图像关联存储的用户的情感状态,并在本地端或云端服务器上查找到该情 感状态对应的一个或多个情感元素,并在用户查看该图像时根据一定的呈现策略来呈现该一个或多个情感元素。When the electronic device stores the acquired image and the emotional state of the recognized user in association, the electronic device can learn the emotional state of the user stored in association with the image viewed by the current user, and find the emotional state on the local or cloud server One or more emotional elements corresponding to the state, and the one or more emotional elements are presented according to a certain presentation strategy when the user views the image.
当电子设备关联存储了获取到的图像和与识别到的用户的情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素时,电子设备可以在用户查看该图像时根据一定的呈现策略来呈现该一个或多个情感元素。When the electronic device stores the acquired image and one or more emotional elements corresponding to the recognized emotional state of the user in association, the electronic device can present the one or more emotional elements according to a certain presentation strategy when the user views the image. Emotional elements.
图5D-图5K示例性示出的用户界面53可以为电子设备在关联存储图像和情感状态/情感元素之后,在用户再次查看该图像时呈现对应的情感元素的几种实现方式。下面详细描述电子设备在呈现对应的情感元素时的策略。The user interface 53 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 5D-5K may be several implementations for the electronic device to present the corresponding emotional element when the user views the image again after the image and the emotional state/emotional element are associated and stored. The following describes in detail the strategy of the electronic device when presenting the corresponding emotional element.
(1)第一种策略:电子设备可以在用户查看图像时呈现一个情感元素。该一个情感元素为和该图像关联存储的情感状态对应的一个或多个情感元素中的任意一个或者电子设备默认的一个,或者,该一个情感元素为和该图像关联存储的一个或多个情感元素中的任意一个或者电子设备默认的一个。(1) The first strategy: The electronic device can present an emotional element when the user views the image. The one emotional element is any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image or the default one of the electronic device, or the one emotional element is one or more emotions stored in association with the image Any one of the elements or the default one of the electronic device.
图5D示出了一种电子设备显示一个情感元素的方式。如图5D所示,用户界面53中显示有一个情感元素,该情感元素为表情包516A。表情包516A为和图片514关联存储的情感状态“开心”所对应的一个或多个情感元素中的任意一个或者电子设备默认的一个,或者,表情包516A为和图片514关联存储的一个或多个情感元素中的任意一个或者电子设备默认的一个。Figure 5D shows a way for an electronic device to display an emotional element. As shown in FIG. 5D, an emotional element is displayed in the user interface 53, and the emotional element is an emoticon package 516A. The emoticon package 516A is any one of the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" stored in association with the picture 514 or the default one of the electronic device, or the emoticon package 516A is one or more stored in association with the picture 514 Any one of the emotional elements or the default one of the electronic device.
(2)第二种策略:电子设备可以在用户查看图像时呈现多个情感元素。该多个情感元素为和该图像关联存储的情感状态对应的一个或多个情感元素中的部分或全部,或者,该一个情感元素为和该图像关联存储的一个或多个情感元素中的部分或全部。(2) The second strategy: The electronic device can present multiple emotional elements when the user views the image. The multiple emotional elements are part or all of one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image, or the one emotional element is a part of one or more emotional elements stored in association with the image Or all.
图5E示出了一种电子设备显示多个情感元素的方式。如图5E所示,用户界面53中显示有多个情感元素,该多个情感元素包括表情包516A、文字气泡516B、文字气泡516C、文本信息516D以及该图像呈现的高饱和度。表情包516A、文字气泡516B、文字气泡516C、文本信息516D以及该图像呈现的高饱和度为和图片514关联存储的情感状态“开心”所对应的一个或多个情感元素中的部分或全部,或者,表情包516A、文字气泡516B、文字气泡516C、文本信息516D为和图片514关联存储的一个或多个情感元素中的部分或全部。Fig. 5E shows a way for an electronic device to display multiple emotional elements. As shown in FIG. 5E, a plurality of emotional elements are displayed in the user interface 53, and the plurality of emotional elements include emoticons 516A, text bubbles 516B, text bubbles 516C, text information 516D, and high saturation of the image. The emoticon package 516A, the text bubble 516B, the text bubble 516C, the text information 516D, and the high saturation of the image are part or all of one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state "happy" stored in association with the picture 514, Alternatively, the emoticon package 516A, the text bubble 516B, the text bubble 516C, and the text information 516D are part or all of one or more emotional elements stored in association with the picture 514.
可理解的,不限于图5D或图5E中在用户界面53上显示的情感元素,电子设备还可以呈现其他情感元素。例如电子设备还可调节取景框305中图像的构图方式、光影效果、饱和度、色调以及色彩,还可以通过扬声器170A播放背景音乐等,从而反映用户当前的情感状态。It is understandable that it is not limited to the emotional elements displayed on the user interface 53 in FIG. 5D or FIG. 5E, and the electronic device may also present other emotional elements. For example, the electronic device can also adjust the composition, light and shadow effects, saturation, hue, and color of the image in the viewfinder 305, and can also play background music through the speaker 170A to reflect the current emotional state of the user.
在一些实施例中,图5D或图5E所示的用户界面53还可包括控件517。控件517可用于监听触发电子设备停止呈现情感元素的操作(如触摸操作)。响应于检测到的该操作,电子设备可停止呈现所有情感元素。在一些实施例中,响应于检测到的该操作,电子设备可跳转至如图5C所示的用户界面52。这样的方式可以方便用户切换有情感元素和无情感元素下的图像区域514。In some embodiments, the user interface 53 shown in FIG. 5D or FIG. 5E may further include a control 517. The control 517 can be used to monitor operations (such as touch operations) that trigger the electronic device to stop presenting emotional elements. In response to the detected operation, the electronic device may stop presenting all emotional elements. In some embodiments, in response to the detected operation, the electronic device may jump to the user interface 52 as shown in FIG. 5C. This method can facilitate the user to switch the image area 514 with emotional elements and without emotional elements.
在其他的一些实施例中,不限于上述控件517,其他交互元素也可以用于用户切换有情感元素和无情感元素下的图像区域514。例如,用户还可以在图5D或图5E所示的图像区域514上做出长按、双击、画圆圈等手势来切换有情感元素和无情感元素下的图像区域514。In some other embodiments, it is not limited to the aforementioned control 517, and other interactive elements may also be used for the user to switch between the image area 514 with emotional elements and without emotional elements. For example, the user can also make gestures such as long press, double-click, or draw a circle on the image area 514 shown in FIG. 5D or FIG. 5E to switch the image area 514 with and without emotion elements.
(3)第三种策略:电子设备可以根据用户需要呈现一个或多个情感元素。该一个或多个多个情感元素为和该图像关联存储的情感状态对应的一个或多个情感元素,或者,该一个或 多个情感元素为和该图像关联存储的一个或多个情感元素。(3) The third strategy: The electronic device can present one or more emotional elements according to user needs. The one or more emotional elements are one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image, or the one or more emotional elements are one or more emotional elements stored in association with the image.
图5F-图5H示出了又一种电子设备呈现对应的情感元素的方式。如图5F所示,用户界面53中显示有小窗口518。小窗口518可用于用户选择对应的情感元素进行呈现。小窗口518中可包括情感元素的图标518A、文本信息“情感元素”518B、多个情感元素选项例如“原图”518C、高饱和度518D、文字气泡“快乐生活!”518E、表情包518F、文本信息“白日放歌须纵酒,青春作伴好还乡”518G、背景音乐“歌曲‘今天是个好日子’”518H等。这里,图标518A、文本信息“情感元素”518B、多个情感元素选项518C-518H可参考图3F-图3H的小窗口311中的图标311A、文本信息“情感元素”311B、多个情感元素选项311C-311H,这里不再赘述。Figures 5F-5H show yet another way for an electronic device to present corresponding emotional elements. As shown in FIG. 5F, a small window 518 is displayed in the user interface 53. The small window 518 can be used for the user to select corresponding emotional elements for presentation. The small window 518 may include icons 518A of emotional elements, text information "emotional elements" 518B, multiple emotional element options such as "original image" 518C, high saturation 518D, text bubble "Happy life!" 518E, emoticon package 518F, The text message "Singing in the daytime must indulge in wine, youth is a good company to return home" 518G, background music "Song "Today is a good day"" 518H, etc. Here, the icon 518A, the text information "emotional element" 518B, and multiple emotional element options 518C-518H can refer to the icon 311A in the small window 311 of FIGS. 3F-3H, the text information "emotional element" 311B, and multiple emotional element options. 311C-311H, not repeat them here.
在一些实施例中,小窗口518还可包括控件518I和/或控件518J。控件518I、控件518J可参考图3F-图3H中的小窗口311中的控件311I、控件311J,这里不再赘述。In some embodiments, the small window 518 may also include a control 518I and/or a control 518J. For the control 518I and the control 518J, please refer to the control 311I and the control 311J in the small window 311 in FIG. 3F-3H, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,小窗口518还可包括控件518K和控件518L。控件518K、控件518L可参考图3F-图3H中的小窗口311中的控件311K、控件311L,这里不再赘述。In some embodiments, the small window 518 may also include a control 518K and a control 518L. For the control 518K and the control 518L, please refer to the control 311K and the control 311L in the small window 311 in FIGS. 3F to 3H, which will not be repeated here.
(4)第四种策略:电子设备可以同时显示有情感元素和无情感元素下的图像。该情感元素可以为和该图像关联存储的情感状态对应的一个或多个情感元素,或者,该情感元素为和该图像关联存储的一个或多个情感元素。(4) The fourth strategy: The electronic device can simultaneously display images with and without emotional elements. The emotional element may be one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the image, or the emotional element is one or more emotional elements stored in association with the image.
图5I-图5K示例性示出的用户界面53可以为电子设备同时显示有情感元素和无情感元素下的图像的几种方式。The user interface 53 exemplarily shown in FIGS. 5I to 5K may be several ways for the electronic device to display images with and without emotion elements at the same time.
如图5I所示,无情感元素的图片519可悬浮显示于有情感元素的图片520之上,即图片519覆盖图片520的部分显示区域。As shown in FIG. 5I, a picture 519 without emotional elements can be displayed floating above the picture 520 with emotional elements, that is, the picture 519 covers a part of the display area of the picture 520.
如图5J所示,有情感元素的图片520可悬浮显示于无情感元素的图片519之上,即图片520覆盖图片519的部分显示区域。As shown in FIG. 5J, the picture 520 with emotional elements can be displayed floating on the picture 519 without emotional elements, that is, the picture 520 covers a part of the display area of the picture 519.
如图5K所示,无情感元素的图片519和有情感元素的图片520可分别显示于用户界面53的不同区域。As shown in FIG. 5K, the picture 519 without emotional elements and the picture 520 with emotional elements may be displayed in different areas of the user interface 53 respectively.
这里,图5I-图5K示出的用户界面53中有情感元素的图片520上的情感元素,可以为和该图像区域514中的图片关联存储的情感状态对应的一个或多个情感元素,或者,为和图像区域514中的图片关联存储的一个或多个情感元素。Here, the emotional element on the picture 520 with the emotional element in the user interface 53 shown in FIGS. 5I-5K may be one or more emotional elements corresponding to the emotional state stored in association with the picture in the image area 514, or , Is one or more emotional elements stored in association with the picture in the image area 514.
在一些实施例中,图5I-图5K所示的用户界面53中有情感元素的图片520上还可以包括提示信息,用于提示用户该图片520上呈现有情感元素。该提示信息可以表现为图标、文本信息或者其他形式。In some embodiments, the picture 520 with an emotional element in the user interface 53 shown in FIGS. 5I to 5K may further include prompt information for prompting the user that the picture 520 presents an emotional element. The prompt information can be represented as an icon, text information, or other forms.
在一些实施例中,图5I-图5K所示的用户界面53还可以接收用户操作(如触摸操作、双击操作等),响应于该用户操作,电子设备可以更换图片519和图片520的显示位置。该用户操作可以作用于图片519或图片520。In some embodiments, the user interface 53 shown in FIGS. 5I-5K may also receive user operations (such as touch operations, double-click operations, etc.), and in response to the user operations, the electronic device may change the display positions of the picture 519 and the picture 520 . This user operation can act on the picture 519 or the picture 520.
上述图5I-图5K实施例可以使得用户方便地对比查看有情感元素和无情感元素下的图像。The above embodiments of FIGS. 5I to 5K can enable users to conveniently compare and view images with and without emotion elements.
不限于上述图5D-图5K示例性示出的几种呈现和图像对应的情感元素的方式,本申请实施例还可以通过其他方式呈现和图像对应的情感元素,例如电子设备还可以以固定时间间隔来回切换显示有情感元素和无情感元素下的图像等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。It is not limited to the several ways of presenting the emotional elements corresponding to the image as exemplarily shown in FIGS. 5D-5K. The embodiment of the present application may also present the emotional elements corresponding to the image in other ways. Switching back and forth at intervals to display images with and without emotional elements, etc., this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
上述图5D-图5K示例性示出的用户界面可以为用户呈现情感元素,再现电子设备获取图片时识别到的情感状态,使得用户产生情感上的共鸣,提升用户的使用体验。The user interface exemplarily shown in FIGS. 5D-5K can present emotional elements to the user, and reproduce the emotional state recognized by the electronic device when the picture is acquired, so that the user can have emotional resonance and improve the user experience.
在一些实施例中,电子设备识别到用户想要查看图像的场景时,可以识别当前场景下用户的情感状态,并根据该情感状态以一定的推送策略为用户推送特定的图像。In some embodiments, when the electronic device recognizes the scene in which the user wants to view the image, it can recognize the emotional state of the user in the current scene, and push a specific image to the user according to the emotional state with a certain push strategy.
图6A-图6B示例性示出的用户界面可以为电子设备识别到用户想要查看图像的场景时,识别用户的情感状态并且为用户推送特定图像的一种方式。The user interface exemplarily shown in FIGS. 6A-6B may be a way for the electronic device to recognize the user's emotional state and push a specific image to the user when the electronic device recognizes the scene in which the user wants to view the image.
图6A示例性示出的用户界面51可以用于展示多个相册。该用户界面51和图5A所示的用户界面51相同,可参照相关描述。当电子设备显示如图6A所示的用户界面51时,电子设备可以确认用户当前处于想要查看图片的场景。The user interface 51 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6A may be used to display multiple photo albums. The user interface 51 is the same as the user interface 51 shown in FIG. 5A, and reference may be made to related descriptions. When the electronic device displays the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 6A, the electronic device can confirm that the user is currently in the scene where the user wants to view the picture.
电子设备识别到用户当前处于想要查看图片的场景时,若没有开启“情感识别”,则可以提示用户开启“情感识别”。提示方式可包括但不限于在如图6A所示的用户界面51上显示提示信息、播放提示音等。该提示信息可以实现为图标、文本等。在一些实施例中,如图6A所示的用户界面51上可以显示有“情感识别”的开关控件,用户可以在该“情感识别”的开关控件上输入操作(如触摸操作)来开启“情感识别”。在另一些实施例中,用户也可以通过如图2A-图2B所示的方式开启“情感识别”。When the electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the scene where he wants to view the picture, if the "emotion recognition" is not turned on, the user may be prompted to turn on the "emotion recognition". The prompt manner may include, but is not limited to, displaying prompt information, playing prompt sound, etc. on the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 6A. The prompt information can be implemented as an icon, text, etc. In some embodiments, the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 6A may display an "emotion recognition" switch control, and the user can input an operation (such as a touch operation) on the "emotion recognition" switch control to turn on the "emotion recognition" switch control. Recognition". In other embodiments, the user can also turn on "emotion recognition" in the manner shown in FIGS. 2A-2B.
电子设备开启“情感识别”后,可以识别当前场景下用户的情感状态。电子设备识别当前场景下用户的情感状态的操作可参照前文实施例的相关描述,在此不再赘述。After the electronic device turns on "emotion recognition", it can recognize the user's emotional state in the current scene. For the operation of the electronic device to recognize the emotional state of the user in the current scene, reference may be made to the related description of the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
电子设备识别到用户的情感状态后,可以根据该情感状态以一定的推送策略为用户推送特定的图像。该推送策略可以包括但不限于:1.在当前用户的情感状态为“忧伤”时,为用户推送用户的情感状态为“高兴”或“浪漫”时所获取到的图像。这样的推送策略可以消除用户的不良情绪。2.在当前用户的情感状态为“平静”时,为用户推送用户或电子设备预先设定的图像,例如推送用户的情感状态为“愉悦”或“开心”时所获取到的图像。After the electronic device recognizes the user's emotional state, it can push a specific image to the user according to the emotional state with a certain push strategy. The push strategy may include but is not limited to: 1. When the current user's emotional state is "sorrow", push to the user the image obtained when the user's emotional state is "happy" or "romantic". Such a push strategy can eliminate users' bad emotions. 2. When the current user's emotional state is "calm", push an image preset by the user or the electronic device to the user, for example, push an image acquired when the user's emotional state is "happy" or "happy".
图6B示例性示出的用户界面61可以为电子设备为用户推送特定图像时的一种方式。如图6B所示,用户界面61可包括:状态栏601、返回键、当前页面指示符、一个或多个相册条目。The user interface 61 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B may be a way when the electronic device pushes a specific image for the user. As shown in FIG. 6B, the user interface 61 may include: a status bar 601, a return button, a current page indicator, and one or more album entries.
状态栏601可参照图2A所示的用户界面21中的状态栏201,这里不再赘述。The status bar 601 can refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
返回键604为APP级返回键,可用于返回菜单上一级。用户界面61的上一级页面可以为如图6A所示的用户界面51。The return key 604 is an APP-level return key, which can be used to return to the upper level of the menu. The upper level page of the user interface 61 may be the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 6A.
当前页面指示符602和603可用于指示当前页面,例如文本信息“相册”“推荐”可用于指示当前页面用于展示推荐的相册。不限于文本信息,当前页面指示符602和603还可以是图标。The current page indicators 602 and 603 can be used to indicate the current page. For example, the text information "album" and "recommended" can be used to indicate that the current page is used to display recommended albums. Not limited to text information, the current page indicators 602 and 603 may also be icons.
相册条目可包括:电子设备根据当前用户的情感状态推荐的、以电子设备获取图像时用户的情感状态分类的一个或多个相册条目例如开心相册条目605A、浪漫相册条目605B。这里,开心相册条目605A、浪漫相册条目605B可参考如图5A所示的用户界面51中的开心相册条目503A、浪漫相册条目503B。开心相册条目605A、浪漫相册条目605B可以接收用户操作(如触摸操作),响应于该用户操作,电子设备可以显示对应相册下的图像。电子设备显示对应相册下的图像的实现方式可参考图5B-图5K以及相关描述,这里不再赘述。The album entries may include: one or more album entries recommended by the electronic device according to the current user's emotional state and classified according to the user's emotional state when the electronic device acquires the image, such as happy album entry 605A and romantic album entry 605B. Here, the happy album entry 605A and the romantic album entry 605B may refer to the happy album entry 503A and the romantic album entry 503B in the user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 5A. The happy album entry 605A and the romantic album entry 605B may receive a user operation (such as a touch operation), and in response to the user operation, the electronic device may display the image under the corresponding album. For the implementation of displaying the images in the corresponding album by the electronic device, please refer to FIGS. 5B-5K and related descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请中,可以将用于展示某个相册的图像的用户界面称为第二用户界面,将该相册中的图像称为第三图像,第三图像中可包括电子设备保存的第二图像。该第二用户界面的示例性实现方式可以为图5B所示的用户界面52,第三图像的示例性实现方式可包括图5B所示用户界面52中的图片510A、510B、510D-510H、510J-510L和视频510C、510I,第二图像的示例性实现方式可以为图片510E。In this application, the user interface used to display the images of a certain album may be called the second user interface, and the images in the album may be called the third image, and the third image may include the second image saved by the electronic device . The exemplary implementation of the second user interface may be the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B, and the exemplary implementation of the third image may include the pictures 510A, 510B, 510D-510H, and 510J in the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B. -510L and videos 510C, 510I, an exemplary implementation of the second image may be picture 510E.
在本申请中,可以将用于查看第二图像的操作称为第二操作,可以将响应于该第二操作而显示的用于展示第二图像的用户界面称为第三用户界面,可以将响应于该第二操作而呈现的情感元素称为第二情感元素。该第二情感元素包括和第二图像关联存储的第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,或者,该第二情感元素包括第一情感元素。In this application, the operation for viewing the second image may be referred to as the second operation, and the user interface for displaying the second image displayed in response to the second operation may be referred to as the third user interface. The emotional element presented in response to the second operation is called the second emotional element. The second emotional element includes one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state stored in association with the second image, or the second emotional element includes the first emotional element.
该第二操作的示例性实现方式为作用于图5B所示用户界面52中的图片510E上的操作(例如触摸、双击或长按等)。该第三用户界面的示例性实现方式可包括图5D-图5K所示的用户界面53。该第二情感元素的示例性实现方式可参照电子设备在显示图5D-图5K所示的用户界面53时所呈现的情感元素,可参照前文实施例的相关描述。An exemplary implementation of the second operation is an operation (for example, touch, double-click, or long-press, etc.) acting on the picture 510E in the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5B. An exemplary implementation of the third user interface may include the user interface 53 shown in FIGS. 5D-5K. The exemplary implementation of the second emotional element may refer to the emotional element presented by the electronic device when displaying the user interface 53 shown in FIGS. 5D to 5K, and may refer to the related description of the foregoing embodiment.
在本申请一些实施例中,将用于展示一个或多个相册条目的用户界面称为第四用户界面,该一个或多个相册条目包括第一相册条目;将作用于第一相册条目上的用于打开第二用户界面的操作称为第三操作;第二用户界面展示的相册所对应的条目为第一相册条目。该第四用户界面的示例性实现方式可包括如图5A所示的用户界面51。该第一相册条目的示例性实现方式可以为图5A中的“开心”相册条目503A。该第三操作的示例性实现方式可包括作用于“开心”相册条目503A的操作(例如触摸、长按操作)。In some embodiments of the present application, the user interface for displaying one or more album entries is called the fourth user interface, and the one or more album entries include the first album entry; the user interface that will act on the first album entry The operation for opening the second user interface is called the third operation; the entry corresponding to the photo album displayed on the second user interface is the first photo album entry. An exemplary implementation of the fourth user interface may include a user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 5A. An exemplary implementation of the first album entry may be the "happy" album entry 503A in FIG. 5A. An exemplary implementation of the third operation may include an operation (for example, touch, long press operation) acting on the "happy" album entry 503A.
在本申请另一些实施例中,可以将用于展示一个或多个相册条目的用户界面称为第四用户界面,该一个或多个相册条目包括第一相册条目;将用于展示按照电子设备预设的推荐策略,根据识别到的情感状态在第四用户界面中的一个或多个相册条目中确定的相册条目的用户界面称为第五用户界面,第五用户界面中显示有第一相册条目;将作用于第五界面上第一相册条目上的用于打开第二用户界面的操作称为第三操作;第二用户界面展示的相册所对应的条目为第一相册条目。该第四用户界面的示例性实现方式可包括如图6A所示的用户界面51。该第五用户界面的示例性实现方式可以为图6B所示的用户界面61。该第一相册条目的示例性实现方式可以为图6B中的“开心”相册条目605A。该第三操作的示例性实现方式可包括作用于“开心”相册条目605A的操作(例如触摸、长按操作)。In some other embodiments of the present application, the user interface for displaying one or more album entries may be referred to as the fourth user interface, and the one or more album entries include the first album entry; it will be used to display according to the electronic device The preset recommendation strategy. The user interface of the album entry determined in one or more album entries in the fourth user interface according to the recognized emotional state is called the fifth user interface, and the first album is displayed in the fifth user interface Entry; the operation to open the second user interface on the first album entry on the fifth interface is called the third operation; the entry corresponding to the album displayed on the second user interface is the first album entry. An exemplary implementation of the fourth user interface may include a user interface 51 as shown in FIG. 6A. An exemplary implementation of the fifth user interface may be the user interface 61 shown in FIG. 6B. An exemplary implementation of the first album entry may be the "happy" album entry 605A in FIG. 6B. An exemplary implementation of the third operation may include an operation (for example, touch, long press operation) acting on the "happy" album entry 605A.
下面描述本申请实施例中不同情感状态所对应的情感元素的确定方法或者设置方法。The following describes the method for determining or setting the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states in the embodiments of the present application.
在一些实施例中,不同情感状态所对应的情感元素由电子设备默认设置并预先存储在电子设备本地端或者云端服务器,或者,由云端服务器默认设置后存储在电子设备本地端或者云端服务器。电子设备可以从本地端或者云端服务器获取到某个情感状态对应的情感元素。In some embodiments, the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states are set by the electronic device by default and stored in the local end of the electronic device or the cloud server in advance, or are set by the cloud server by default and stored in the local end of the electronic device or the cloud server. The electronic device can obtain the emotional element corresponding to a certain emotional state from the local end or the cloud server.
在另一些实施例中,不同情感状态所对应的情感元素由用户自主设置。图7A-图7D示例性示出的用户界面可以为用户设置不同情感状态所对应的情感元素的一种实现方式。In other embodiments, the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states are independently set by the user. Figures 7A-7D exemplarily show an implementation manner in which the user interface can set the emotional elements corresponding to different emotional states for the user.
图7A示例性示出的用户界面71可以为“设置界面”的一种实现方式。该用户界面71可以是“设置”应用提供的。“设置”应用是安装于智能手机、平板电脑等电子设备上的一款用于设置电子设备的各项功能的应用程序,本申请实施例对该应用程序的名称不做限制。该用户界面71可以是用户点击图2A中的设置图标215打开的用户界面。The user interface 71 exemplarily shown in FIG. 7A may be an implementation of the "setting interface". The user interface 71 may be provided by the "Settings" application. The "settings" application is an application installed on electronic devices such as smart phones, tablet computers and the like for setting various functions of the electronic device, and the name of the application is not limited in the embodiment of the application. The user interface 71 may be a user interface opened by the user clicking the setting icon 215 in FIG. 2A.
如图7A所示,用户界面71可包括:状态栏701、当前页面指示符702、搜索框703、图标704、一个或多个设置项。As shown in FIG. 7A, the user interface 71 may include: a status bar 701, a current page indicator 702, a search box 703, an icon 704, and one or more setting items.
状态栏701可参照图2A所示的用户界面21中的状态栏201,这里不再赘述。The status bar 701 can refer to the status bar 201 in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 2A, which will not be repeated here.
当前页面指示符702可用于指示当前页面,例如文本信息“设置”可用于指示当前页面用于展示一个或多个设置项。不限于文本信息,当前页面指示符702还可以是图标。The current page indicator 702 may be used to indicate the current page, for example, the text information "settings" may be used to indicate that the current page is used to display one or more setting items. Not limited to text information, the current page indicator 702 may also be an icon.
搜索框703可用于监听通过文本搜索设置项的操作(如触摸操作)。响应于该操作,电子 设备可显示文本输入框,使得用户在输入框中显示想要搜索的设置项。The search box 703 can be used to monitor operations (such as touch operations) of searching for setting items through text. In response to this operation, the electronic device may display a text input box, so that the user displays the setting item that the user wants to search for in the input box.
图标704可用于监听通过语音搜索设置项的操作(如触摸操作)。响应于该操作,电子设备可显示语音输入界面,使得用户在该语音输入界面中输入语音,从而搜索设置项。The icon 704 can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) of searching a setting item by voice. In response to this operation, the electronic device may display a voice input interface, so that the user inputs voice in the voice input interface, thereby searching for setting items.
设置项可包括:登录华为账号设置项、无线和网络设置项、设备连接设置项、应用和通知设置项、电池设置项、显示设置项、声音设置项、情感识别设置项705、安全和隐私设置项、用户和账号设置项等。各个设置项的表现形式可包括图标和/或文本,本申请对此不做限制。各个设置项可用于监听触发显示对应设置项的设置内容的操作(如触摸操作),响应于该操作,电子设备可打开用于显示对应设置项的设置内容的用户界面。Setting items can include: login Huawei account settings, wireless and network settings, device connection settings, application and notification settings, battery settings, display settings, sound settings, emotion recognition settings 705, security and privacy settings Items, user and account settings, etc. The expression form of each setting item may include icons and/or text, which is not limited in this application. Each setting item can be used to monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) that triggers the display of the setting content of the corresponding setting item, and in response to the operation, the electronic device can open a user interface for displaying the setting content of the corresponding setting item.
示例性地,检测到在情感识别设置项705上的操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可显示如图7B所示的用户界面72。Exemplarily, when an operation (such as a touch operation) on the emotion recognition setting item 705 is detected, the electronic device may display a user interface 72 as shown in FIG. 7B.
如图7B所示,用户界面72用于显示情感识别设置项的对应内容。该用户界面72可包括:状态栏、返回键706、当前页面指示符707和708、情感状态显示区域709。As shown in FIG. 7B, the user interface 72 is used to display the corresponding content of the emotion recognition setting item. The user interface 72 may include: a status bar, a return button 706, current page indicators 707 and 708, and an emotional state display area 709.
返回键706为APP级返回键,可用于返回菜单上一级。用户界面72的上一级页面可以为如图7A所示的用户界面71。The return key 706 is an APP-level return key, which can be used to return to the upper level of the menu. The upper level page of the user interface 72 may be the user interface 71 as shown in FIG. 7A.
当前页面指示符707和708可用于指示当前页面,例如文本信息“设置”“情感识别”可用于指示当前页面用于展示情感识别设置项的对应内容,不限于文本信息,当前页面指示符707和708还可以是图标。The current page indicators 707 and 708 can be used to indicate the current page. For example, the text information "settings" and "emotion recognition" can be used to indicate that the current page is used to display the corresponding content of the emotion recognition setting items, and is not limited to text information. The current page indicator 707 and 708 can also be an icon.
情感状态显示区域709用于显示一个或多个情感状态选项。在一些实施例中,该一个或多个情感状态选项可以是电子设备默认设置的,例如可以是电子设备出厂时默认设置的,又例如可以是电子设备分析得到的和用户的性格相匹配的情感状态对应的选项。在其他一些实施例中,该一个或多个情感状态选项可以是用户自主设置的。The emotional state display area 709 is used to display one or more emotional state options. In some embodiments, the one or more emotional state options may be set by default by the electronic device, for example, may be set by default when the electronic device is shipped from the factory, or may be an emotion that matches the personality of the user obtained by analysis of the electronic device. Options corresponding to the status. In some other embodiments, the one or more emotional state options may be independently set by the user.
示例性地,如图7B所示,该一个或多个情感状态选项包括:“开心”选项709A、“浪漫”选项709D、“忧伤”选项709G。该一个或多个情感状态选项的表现形式可以为文本信息(如文本信息“开心”),也可以为图标,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 7B, the one or more emotional state options include: a "happy" option 709A, a "romantic" option 709D, and a "sorrowful" option 709G. The expression form of the one or more emotional state options may be text information (for example, the text information "happy") or an icon, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,区域709中还可包括每个情感状态选项对应的删除控件,如“开心”选项709A对应的删除控件709B、“浪漫”选项709D对应的删除控件709E、“忧伤”选项709A对应的删除控件709B。删除控件可监听用于删除对应情感状态选项的操作(如触摸操作),响应于该操作,电子设备可以删除对应的情感状态选项。删除控件的表现形式可以为文本信息(如文本信息“删除”),也可以为图标,本申请实施例对此不做限制。In some embodiments, the area 709 may also include the delete control corresponding to each emotional state option, such as the delete control 709B corresponding to the "happy" option 709A, the delete control 709E corresponding to the "romance" option 709D, and the "sorrowful" option 709A. The corresponding delete control 709B. The delete control can monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) used to delete the corresponding emotional state option, and in response to the operation, the electronic device can delete the corresponding emotional state option. The expression form of the delete control can be text information (for example, the text information "Delete") or an icon, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,用户界面72还可包括控件710。控件710可监听用于添加情感状态选项的操作(如触摸操作),响应于该操作,电子设备可以显示用于添加情感状态选项的界面,用户可在该界面上选择或者自定义要添加的情感状态选项。用户添加情感状态选项后,用户界面72中的区域709中可新增该情感状态选项。控件710的表现形式可以为文本信息,也可以为图标,本申请实施例对此不做限制。In some embodiments, the user interface 72 may also include a control 710. The control 710 can monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) for adding an emotional state option. In response to this operation, the electronic device can display an interface for adding an emotional state option, and the user can select or customize the emotion to be added on the interface. Status options. After the user adds an emotional state option, the emotional state option can be added to the area 709 in the user interface 72. The expression form of the control 710 may be text information or an icon, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
区域709中还可包括用于设置每个情感状态选项对应的情感元素的控件,如“开心”选项709A对应的设置控件709C、“浪漫”选项709D对应的设置控件709F、“忧伤”选项709A对应的设置控件709I。设置控件的表现形式可以为文本信息(如文本信息“设置情感元素”),也可以为图标,本申请实施例对此不做限制。设置控件可监听用于设置对应的情感元素的操作(如触摸操作),响应于该操作,电子设备可以打开用于设置对应的情感元素的用户界面。The area 709 may also include controls for setting the emotional element corresponding to each emotional state option, such as the setting control 709C corresponding to the "happy" option 709A, the setting control 709F corresponding to the "romance" option 709D, and the "sorrow" option 709A corresponding The settings control 709I. The expression form of the setting control may be text information (for example, the text information "set emotion element") or an icon, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The setting control can monitor an operation (such as a touch operation) used to set the corresponding emotional element, and in response to the operation, the electronic device can open a user interface for setting the corresponding emotional element.
示例性地,检测到在设置控件709C上的操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可以显示如图7C 所示的用户界面73。Exemplarily, when an operation (such as a touch operation) on the setting control 709C is detected, the electronic device may display a user interface 73 as shown in FIG. 7C.
如图7C所示,用户界面73用于展示情感状态“开心”对应的情感元素设置项。该用户界面73可包括:状态栏、返回键711、当前页面指示符712和713、一个或多个情感元素分类选项。As shown in FIG. 7C, the user interface 73 is used to display the emotional element setting items corresponding to the emotional state "happy". The user interface 73 may include: a status bar, a return button 711, current page indicators 712 and 713, and one or more emotional element classification options.
返回键706为APP级返回键,可用于返回菜单上一级。用户界面73的上一级页面可以为如图7B所示的用户界面72。The return key 706 is an APP-level return key, which can be used to return to the upper level of the menu. The upper level page of the user interface 73 may be the user interface 72 as shown in FIG. 7B.
当前页面指示符712和713可用于指示当前页面,例如文本信息“设置情感元素”“开心”可用于指示当前页面用于展示情感状态“开心”对应的情感元素设置项,不限于文本信息,当前页面指示符712和713还可以是图标。The current page indicators 712 and 713 can be used to indicate the current page. For example, the text information "set emotional element" and "happy" can be used to indicate that the current page is used to display the emotional element setting items corresponding to the emotional state "happy". It is not limited to text information. The page indicators 712 and 713 may also be icons.
情感元素分类选项可包括:光影选项714A、构图选项714B、色彩选项714C、图片选项714D、文本选项714E和背景音乐选项714F。不限于如图7C所示的情感元素分类选项,还可以包括更多或更少或其他情感元素分类选项,例如饱和度选项、色调选项等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。The emotional element classification options may include: light and shadow options 714A, composition options 714B, color options 714C, picture options 714D, text options 714E, and background music options 714F. It is not limited to the emotional element classification options shown in FIG. 7C, and may also include more or less or other emotional element classification options, such as saturation options, hue options, etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
各个情感元素分类选项可监听用于打开设置对应类别的情感元素的用户界面的操作(如触摸操作),该用户界面可供用户选择或者自定义对应的一个或多个情感元素。例如,响应于在光影选项714A上检测到的操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可打开用于设置情感状态“开心”对应的光影效果的用户界面;响应于在构图选项714B上检测到的操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可打开用于设置情感状态“开心”对应的构图效果的用户界面;在色彩选项714C上检测到的操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可打开用于设置情感状态“开心”对应的色彩效果的用户界面;在图片选项714D上检测到的操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可打开用于设置情感状态“开心”对应的图片的用户界面;在文本选项714E上检测到的操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可打开用于设置情感状态“开心”对应的文本的用户界面;在背景音乐选项714F上检测到的操作(如触摸操作),电子设备可打开用于设置情感状态“开心”对应的背景音乐的用户界面。Each emotional element classification option can monitor the operation (such as touch operation) used to open the user interface for setting the emotional element of the corresponding category, and the user interface can be used for the user to select or customize one or more corresponding emotional elements. For example, in response to an operation (such as a touch operation) detected on the light and shadow option 714A, the electronic device may open a user interface for setting the light and shadow effect corresponding to the emotional state "happy"; in response to the operation detected on the composition option 714B (Such as touch operation), the electronic device can open the user interface for setting the composition effect corresponding to the emotional state "happy"; the operation (such as touch operation) detected on the color option 714C, the electronic device can be opened to set the emotional state The user interface of the color effect corresponding to "happy"; the operation (such as touch operation) detected on the picture option 714D, the electronic device can open the user interface for setting the picture corresponding to the emotional state "happy"; on the text option 714E For detected operations (such as touch operations), the electronic device can open the user interface for setting the text corresponding to the emotional state "happy"; for the operations detected on the background music option 714F (such as touch operations), the electronic device can open User interface for setting the background music corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
参考图7D,图7D示出了电子设备打开的用于设置情感状态“开心”对应的色彩的用户界面74。该用户界面74可包括:状态栏、返回键716、当前页面指示符717和718、一个或多个色彩选项。Referring to FIG. 7D, FIG. 7D shows the user interface 74 opened by the electronic device for setting the color corresponding to the emotional state "happy". The user interface 74 may include: a status bar, a return key 716, current page indicators 717 and 718, and one or more color options.
返回键716为APP级返回键,可用于返回菜单上一级。用户界面74的上一级页面可以为如图7C所示的用户界面73。The return key 716 is an APP-level return key, which can be used to return to the upper level of the menu. The upper level page of the user interface 74 may be the user interface 73 as shown in FIG. 7C.
当前页面指示符717和718可用于指示当前页面,例如文本信息“设置情感元素”“色彩”可用于指示当前页面用于设置“色彩”这一类别的情感元素,不限于文本信息,当前页面指示符717和718还可以是图标。The current page indicators 717 and 718 can be used to indicate the current page. For example, the text information "set emotional element" and "color" can be used to indicate the current page is used to set emotional elements of the category "color". It is not limited to text information. The current page indicates Symbols 717 and 718 can also be icons.
色彩选项可包括:鲜艳719、灰度720、暗淡721、正常722。不限于如图7D所示的几个色彩选项,还可以包括更多或更少或其他色彩选项,本申请实施例对此不做限制。各个色彩选项可接收用户操作(如触摸操作),响应于该用户操作,电子设备可以将该色彩选项对应的色彩设置为和情感状态“开心”对应的情感元素。在一些实施例中,用户设置好情感元素后,用户界面74上还可以显示有提示信息,以提示用户该情感元素被设置为和情感状态“开心”对应的情感元素。该提示信息例如可以是如图7D所示的图标723,图标723可提示用户色彩“鲜艳”被设置为和情感状态“开心”对应的情感元素。Color options can include: Vivid 719, Gray 720, Dim 721, Normal 722. It is not limited to the several color options as shown in FIG. 7D, and may also include more or less or other color options, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Each color option can receive a user operation (such as a touch operation), and in response to the user operation, the electronic device can set the color corresponding to the color option as an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "happy". In some embodiments, after the user sets the emotional element, prompt information may be displayed on the user interface 74 to prompt the user that the emotional element is set as an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "happy". The prompt information may be, for example, an icon 723 as shown in FIG. 7D, and the icon 723 may prompt the user that the color "bright" is set as an emotional element corresponding to the emotional state "happy".
可理解的,用户还可以在类似用户界面74的其他用户界面上设置其他类别的情感元素。这里,用户设置的情感元素可以存储于电子设备本地端,也可以存储于云端服务器。例如, 用户可以在电子设备本地端选择背景音乐,也可以在云端服务器选择背景音乐,本申请实施例对此不做限制。It is understandable that the user can also set other types of emotional elements on other user interfaces similar to the user interface 74. Here, the emotional elements set by the user can be stored in the local end of the electronic device, or can be stored in the cloud server. For example, the user can select background music on the local end of the electronic device, or select background music on the cloud server, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请的各实施方式可以任意进行组合,以实现不同的技术效果。The various embodiments of the present application can be combined arbitrarily to achieve different technical effects.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk)等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in this application are generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk).

Claims (24)

  1. 一种记录用户情感的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for recording user emotions, characterized in that it includes:
    电子设备显示第一用户界面,所述第一用户界面中显示有第一图像;The electronic device displays a first user interface, and a first image is displayed on the first user interface;
    所述电子设备识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态;The electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the first emotional state;
    响应于检测到的第一操作,关联存储第二图像以及所述第一情感状态,或者,关联存储所述第二图像和第一情感元素;所述第一情感元素包括和所述第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,所述第一情感元素反映所述第一情感状态;In response to the detected first operation, the second image and the first emotional state are stored in association, or the second image and the first emotional element are stored in association; the first emotional element includes the first emotion One or more emotional elements corresponding to the state, where the first emotional element reflects the first emotional state;
    所述第二图像和所述第一图像相同,或者,第一图像为拍摄前的预览图像,所述第二图像为拍摄的图像。The second image is the same as the first image, or the first image is a preview image before shooting, and the second image is a captured image.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一用户界面包括第一交互元素,所述第一交互元素用于监听保存所述第二图像的操作;所述第一操作包括所述电子设备检测到的作用于所述第一交互元素的操作。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first user interface includes a first interactive element, and the first interactive element is used to monitor the operation of saving the second image; the first operation includes all The operation detected by the electronic device acting on the first interactive element.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,关联存储所述第二图像以及所述第一情感状态之后,或者,关联存储所述第二图像和第一情感元素之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that after the second image and the first emotional state are stored in association, or after the second image and the first emotional element are stored in association, the method Also includes:
    所述电子设备显示第二用户界面,所述第二用户界面中显示有一个或多个第三图像,所述第三图像包括所述第二图像;The electronic device displays a second user interface, and one or more third images are displayed on the second user interface, and the third images include the second images;
    响应于检测到的对所述第二用户界面中的第二图像进行查看的第二操作,所述电子设备显示第三用户界面,并且,所述电子设备呈现第二情感元素;所述第三用户界面包括所述第二图像;所述第二情感元素包括和所述第二图像关联存储的第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,或者,所述第二情感元素包括所述第一情感元素。In response to the detected second operation of viewing the second image in the second user interface, the electronic device displays a third user interface, and the electronic device presents a second emotional element; the third The user interface includes the second image; the second emotional element includes one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state stored in association with the second image, or the second emotional element includes the The first emotional element.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备显示第二用户界面之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein before the electronic device displays the second user interface, the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备显示第四用户界面,所述第四用户界面中显示有一个或多个相册条目,所述一个或多个相册条目包括第一相册条目,所述第一相册条目对应于所述第一情感状态;所述第一相册条目对应的相册中包括用户处于所述第一情感状态时所述电子设备保存的图像;The electronic device displays a fourth user interface, and one or more album entries are displayed in the fourth user interface, the one or more album entries include a first album entry, and the first album entry corresponds to the A first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes an image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state;
    响应于检测到的作用于所述第一相册条目的第三操作,所述电子设备显示所述第二用户界面。In response to the detected third operation acting on the first album entry, the electronic device displays the second user interface.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备显示第二用户界面之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein before the electronic device displays the second user interface, the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备显示第四用户界面,所述第四用户界面中显示有一个或多个相册条目,所述一个或多个相册条目包括第一相册条目,所述第一相册条目对应于所述第一情感状态;所述第一相册条目对应的相册中包括用户处于所述第一情感状态时所述电子设备保存的图像;The electronic device displays a fourth user interface, and one or more album entries are displayed in the fourth user interface, the one or more album entries include a first album entry, and the first album entry corresponds to the A first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes an image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state;
    所述电子设备识别到用户当前处于的第二情感状态,并显示第五用户界面;所述第五用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目是由所述电子设备按照预设的推荐策略,根据所述第二情感状态在所述第四用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目中确定的;所述第五用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目包括所述第一相册条目;The electronic device recognizes the second emotional state that the user is currently in, and displays a fifth user interface; one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface are recommended by the electronic device according to a preset recommendation strategy, Is determined in one or more album entries displayed in the fourth user interface according to the second emotional state; the one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface includes the first album entry;
    响应于检测到的作用于所述第五用户界面中的第一相册条目的第三操作,所述电子设备显示所述第二用户界面。In response to the detected third operation acting on the first album entry in the fifth user interface, the electronic device displays the second user interface.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目包括:分别对应于不同的情感状态的一个或多个相册条目。The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the one or more album entries displayed in the fourth user interface comprises: one or more album entries respectively corresponding to different emotional states.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态之后,检测到所述第一操作之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein after the electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the first emotional state and before detecting the first operation, the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备呈现和所述第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素。The electronic device presents one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备呈现的和所述第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,是用户选择的,或者,是所述电子设备默认选择的,或者,是所述电子设备随机选择的。The method according to claim 7, wherein the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state presented by the electronic device are selected by the user or selected by the electronic device by default , Or randomly selected by the electronic device.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,和所述第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素包括:文本信息、图片、音乐、图像的构图、图像的光影效果、图像的饱和度、图像的色调或图像的色彩。The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state include: text information, pictures, music, image composition, image light and shadow The effect, the saturation of the image, the hue of the image, or the color of the image.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein before the electronic device recognizes that the user is currently in the first emotional state, the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备检测到用于开启情感识别服务的第四操作,响应于所述第四操作,识别用户当前处在的情感状态;所述情感识别服务用于所述电子设备通过配置的硬件装置或者通过启动连接到所述电子设备的其他设备的硬件装置采集用户的行为数据,根据用户的行为数据来识别用户当前处在的情感状态。The electronic device detects the fourth operation for starting the emotion recognition service, and in response to the fourth operation, recognizes the current emotional state of the user; the emotion recognition service is used by the electronic device through the configured hardware device Or by starting the hardware devices of other devices connected to the electronic device to collect the user's behavior data, and identify the current emotional state of the user according to the user's behavior data.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四操作包括所述电子设备检测到的作用于所述第一用户界面中的第二交互元素的操作,所述第二交互元素用于监听开启所述情感识别服务的操作。The method according to claim 10, wherein the fourth operation includes an operation detected by the electronic device that acts on a second interaction element in the first user interface, and the second interaction element uses To monitor the operation of starting the emotion recognition service.
  12. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:一个或多个处理器、存储器和显示屏;An electronic device, characterized by comprising: one or more processors, memories, and display screens;
    所述存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The memory is coupled with the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the Electronic equipment execution:
    在所述显示屏上显示第一用户界面,所述第一用户界面中显示有第一图像;Displaying a first user interface on the display screen, and a first image is displayed on the first user interface;
    识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态;It is recognized that the user is currently in the first emotional state;
    响应于检测到的第一操作,关联存储第二图像以及所述第一情感状态,或者,关联存储所述第二图像和第一情感元素;所述第一情感元素包括和所述第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,所述第一情感元素反映所述第一情感状态;In response to the detected first operation, the second image and the first emotional state are stored in association, or the second image and the first emotional element are stored in association; the first emotional element includes the first emotion One or more emotional elements corresponding to the state, where the first emotional element reflects the first emotional state;
    所述第二图像和所述第一图像相同,或者,第一图像为拍摄前的预览图像,所述第二图像为拍摄的图像。The second image is the same as the first image, or the first image is a preview image before shooting, and the second image is a captured image.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一用户界面包括第一交互元素,所述第一交互元素用于监听保存所述第二图像的操作;所述第一操作包括所述电子设备检测到的作用于所述第一交互元素的操作。The electronic device according to claim 12, wherein the first user interface includes a first interactive element, and the first interactive element is used to monitor an operation of saving the second image; the first operation includes The operation detected by the electronic device that acts on the first interactive element.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to invoke the computer instruction to cause the electronic device to execute:
    关联存储所述第二图像以及所述第一情感状态之后,或者,关联存储所述第二图像和第一情感元素之后,在所述显示屏上显示第二用户界面,所述第二用户界面中显示有一个或多个第三图像,所述第三图像包括所述第二图像;After the second image and the first emotional state are associated and stored, or after the second image and the first emotional element are associated and stored, a second user interface is displayed on the display screen, the second user interface One or more third images are displayed in, and the third images include the second images;
    响应于检测到的对所述第二用户界面中的第二图像进行查看的第二操作,在所述显示屏上显示第三用户界面,并且,呈现第二情感元素;所述第三用户界面包括所述第二图像;所 述第二情感元素包括和所述第二图像关联存储的第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,或者,所述第二情感元素包括所述第一情感元素。In response to the detected second operation of viewing the second image in the second user interface, a third user interface is displayed on the display screen, and a second emotional element is presented; the third user interface Including the second image; the second emotional element includes one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state stored in association with the second image, or the second emotional element includes the first Emotional elements.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to claim 14, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
    在所述显示屏上显示第二用户界面之前,在所述显示屏上显示第四用户界面,所述第四用户界面中显示有一个或多个相册条目,所述一个或多个相册条目包括第一相册条目,所述第一相册条目对应于所述第一情感状态;所述第一相册条目对应的相册中包括用户处于所述第一情感状态时所述电子设备保存的图像;Before the second user interface is displayed on the display screen, a fourth user interface is displayed on the display screen, and one or more album entries are displayed on the fourth user interface, and the one or more album entries include A first album entry, where the first album entry corresponds to the first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes an image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state;
    响应于检测到的作用于所述第一相册条目的第三操作,在所述显示屏上显示所述第二用户界面。In response to the detected third operation acting on the first album entry, the second user interface is displayed on the display screen.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to claim 14, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
    在所述显示屏上显示第二用户界面之前,在所述显示屏上显示第四用户界面,所述第四用户界面中显示有一个或多个相册条目,所述一个或多个相册条目包括第一相册条目,所述第一相册条目对应于所述第一情感状态;所述第一相册条目对应的相册中包括用户处于所述第一情感状态时所述电子设备保存的图像;Before the second user interface is displayed on the display screen, a fourth user interface is displayed on the display screen, and one or more album entries are displayed on the fourth user interface, and the one or more album entries include A first album entry, where the first album entry corresponds to the first emotional state; the album corresponding to the first album entry includes an image saved by the electronic device when the user is in the first emotional state;
    识别到用户当前处于的第二情感状态,并在所述显示屏上显示第五用户界面;所述第五用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目是由所述电子设备按照预设的推荐策略,根据所述第二情感状态在所述第四用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目中确定的;所述第五用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目包括所述第一相册条目;The second emotional state that the user is currently in is recognized, and a fifth user interface is displayed on the display screen; one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface are recommended by the electronic device according to a preset The strategy is determined in one or more album entries displayed in the fourth user interface according to the second emotional state; the one or more album entries displayed in the fifth user interface includes the first album entry;
    响应于检测到的作用于所述第五用户界面中的第一相册条目的第三操作,所述电子设备显示所述第二用户界面。In response to the detected third operation acting on the first album entry in the fifth user interface, the electronic device displays the second user interface.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第四用户界面中显示的一个或多个相册条目包括:分别对应于不同的情感状态的一个或多个相册条目。The electronic device according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the one or more album entries displayed in the fourth user interface comprise: one or more album entries respectively corresponding to different emotional states.
  18. 根据权利要求12-17任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to any one of claims 12-17, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to call the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
    识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态之后,检测到所述第一操作之前,呈现和所述第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素。After recognizing that the user is currently in the first emotional state, and before detecting the first operation, present one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备呈现的和所述第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素,是用户选择的,或者,是所述电子设备默认选择的,或者,是所述电子设备随机选择的。The electronic device according to claim 18, wherein the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state presented by the electronic device are selected by the user, or are defaulted by the electronic device Selected, or randomly selected by the electronic device.
  20. 根据权利要求12-19任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,和所述第一情感状态相对应的一个或多个情感元素包括:文本信息、图片、音乐、图像的构图、图像的光影效果、图像的饱和度、图像的色调或图像的色彩。The electronic device according to any one of claims 12-19, wherein the one or more emotional elements corresponding to the first emotional state include: text information, pictures, music, image composition, image composition Light and shadow effects, image saturation, image tone, or image color.
  21. 根据权利要求12-20任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述一个或多个处理器还用于调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:The electronic device according to any one of claims 12-20, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to call the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
    识别到用户当前处在第一情感状态之前,检测到用于开启情感识别服务的第四操作,响应于所述第四操作,识别用户当前处在的情感状态;所述情感识别服务用于所述电子设备通过配置的硬件装置或者通过启动连接到所述电子设备的其他设备的硬件装置采集用户的行为数据,根据用户的行为数据来识别用户当前处在的情感状态。Before recognizing that the user is currently in the first emotional state, the fourth operation for starting the emotional recognition service is detected, and in response to the fourth operation, recognize the current emotional state of the user; The electronic device collects user behavior data through a configured hardware device or by starting a hardware device of another device connected to the electronic device, and recognizes the current emotional state of the user according to the user's behavior data.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第四操作包括所述电子设备检测到的作用于所述第一用户界面中的第二交互元素的操作,所述第二交互元素用于监听开启所述情感识别服务的操作。The electronic device according to claim 21, wherein the fourth operation comprises an operation detected by the electronic device that acts on a second interaction element in the first user interface, and the second interaction element Used to monitor the operation of starting the emotion recognition service.
  23. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product containing instructions, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-11.
  24. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, comprising instructions, characterized in that, when the instructions run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-11.
PCT/CN2020/081666 2019-03-28 2020-03-27 Method for recording user emotion, and related apparatus WO2020192761A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910245272.0 2019-03-28
CN201910245272.0A CN110059211B (en) 2019-03-28 2019-03-28 Method and related device for recording emotion of user

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020192761A1 true WO2020192761A1 (en) 2020-10-01

Family

ID=67317852

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/081666 WO2020192761A1 (en) 2019-03-28 2020-03-27 Method for recording user emotion, and related apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110059211B (en)
WO (1) WO2020192761A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110059211B (en) * 2019-03-28 2024-03-01 华为技术有限公司 Method and related device for recording emotion of user
CN110570844B (en) * 2019-08-15 2023-05-05 平安科技(深圳)有限公司 Speech emotion recognition method, device and computer readable storage medium
CN110825968B (en) * 2019-11-04 2024-02-13 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Information pushing method, device, storage medium and computer equipment
CN111669462B (en) * 2020-05-30 2022-09-02 华为技术有限公司 Method and related device for displaying image

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101997969A (en) * 2009-08-13 2011-03-30 索尼爱立信移动通讯有限公司 Picture voice note adding method and device and mobile terminal having device
CN103888696A (en) * 2014-03-20 2014-06-25 深圳市中兴移动通信有限公司 Photo photographing and checking method and photographing device
CN108989662A (en) * 2013-09-30 2018-12-11 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 A kind of method and terminal device of control shooting
CN109191370A (en) * 2018-08-06 2019-01-11 光锐恒宇(北京)科技有限公司 Image processing method, device, intelligent terminal and computer readable storage medium
CN110059211A (en) * 2019-03-28 2019-07-26 华为技术有限公司 Record the method and relevant apparatus of user feeling

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030117651A1 (en) * 2001-12-26 2003-06-26 Eastman Kodak Company Method for using affective information recorded with digital images for producing an album page
CN102780651A (en) * 2012-07-21 2012-11-14 上海量明科技发展有限公司 Method for inserting emotion data in instant messaging messages, client and system
CN103257796B (en) * 2013-05-15 2016-08-24 华为终端有限公司 Mobile communication equipment and the changing method of subject color thereof
US20150178915A1 (en) * 2013-12-19 2015-06-25 Microsoft Corporation Tagging Images With Emotional State Information
CN104063683B (en) * 2014-06-06 2017-05-17 北京搜狗科技发展有限公司 Expression input method and device based on face identification
CN105100435A (en) * 2015-06-15 2015-11-25 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 Application method and device of mobile communication
CN107391997A (en) * 2017-08-25 2017-11-24 突维科技有限公司 Digital photo frame device and its control method
CN108470188B (en) * 2018-02-26 2022-04-22 北京物灵智能科技有限公司 Interaction method based on image analysis and electronic equipment

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101997969A (en) * 2009-08-13 2011-03-30 索尼爱立信移动通讯有限公司 Picture voice note adding method and device and mobile terminal having device
CN108989662A (en) * 2013-09-30 2018-12-11 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 A kind of method and terminal device of control shooting
CN103888696A (en) * 2014-03-20 2014-06-25 深圳市中兴移动通信有限公司 Photo photographing and checking method and photographing device
CN109191370A (en) * 2018-08-06 2019-01-11 光锐恒宇(北京)科技有限公司 Image processing method, device, intelligent terminal and computer readable storage medium
CN110059211A (en) * 2019-03-28 2019-07-26 华为技术有限公司 Record the method and relevant apparatus of user feeling

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110059211B (en) 2024-03-01
CN110059211A (en) 2019-07-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7142783B2 (en) Voice control method and electronic device
CN110114747B (en) Notification processing method and electronic equipment
WO2020078299A1 (en) Method for processing video file, and electronic device
WO2021213164A1 (en) Application interface interaction method, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium
CN112148400B (en) Display method and device in locking state
WO2021036770A1 (en) Split-screen processing method and terminal device
WO2020192761A1 (en) Method for recording user emotion, and related apparatus
CN114706664A (en) Interactive method for cross-device task processing, electronic device and storage medium
CN111078091A (en) Split screen display processing method and device and electronic equipment
WO2021013132A1 (en) Input method and electronic device
WO2021082835A1 (en) Method for activating function and electronic device
CN114390139B (en) Method for presenting video by electronic equipment in incoming call, electronic equipment and storage medium
WO2021082815A1 (en) Display element display method and electronic device
US20220343648A1 (en) Image selection method and electronic device
WO2022037726A1 (en) Split-screen display method and electronic device
WO2022068819A1 (en) Interface display method and related apparatus
WO2022042766A1 (en) Information display method, terminal device, and computer readable storage medium
WO2024045801A1 (en) Method for screenshotting, and electronic device, medium and program product
WO2020238759A1 (en) Interface display method and electronic device
CN113949803A (en) Photographing method and electronic equipment
CN112449101A (en) Shooting method and electronic equipment
CN112150499A (en) Image processing method and related device
CN115484380A (en) Shooting method, graphical user interface and electronic equipment
WO2023207799A1 (en) Message processing method and electronic device
CN114244951B (en) Method for opening page by application program, medium and electronic equipment thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20778242

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20778242

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1